us-irs-announcements-irb-2001-8-pdf•Internal Revenue Bulletin 2001-8 (PDF rendition): IRS Announcements
Internal Revenue Bulletin 2001-8 (PDF rendition): IRS Announcements
us-irs-announcements-irb-2001-8-pdfInternal Revenue Bulletin 2001-8 (PDF rendition): IRS AnnouncementsGuidance
Preserve advance releases and the authoritative Internal Revenue Bulletin rendition; directory timestamps are file-publication metadata, not legal effective dates. HTML bulletins begin June 2003; earlier available issues require full PDF parsing. Whole bulletin rendition: numbered items are identified below; other legal material and publisher context remain included. This is not a new standalone advance release.
INCOME TAX Rev. Rul. 2001–9, page 652. LIFO; price indexes; department stores. The December 2000 Bureau of Labor Statistics price indexes are accepted for use by department stores employing the retail inventory and last- in, first-out inventory methods for valuing inventories for tax years ended on, or with reference to, December 31, 2000. T.D. 8914, page 653. Final regulations under section 988 of the Code relate to when a currency will be considered hyperinflationary. These final regulations are intended to prevent distortions associ- ated with the computation of income and expense arising from section 988 transactions denominated in hyperinfla- tionary currencies. EMPLOYEE PLANS T.D. 8928, page 685. Final regulations provide guidance on various issues arising under the COBRA continuation coverage requirements for group health plans. The issues include those related to busi- ness reorganizations, employer withdrawals from multiemploy- er plans, health flexible spending arrangements, and counting employees for purposes of the exception under the COBRA continuation coverage provisions for plans of small employers. REG–209461–79, page 712. Partial withdrawal of, and amendments to, the notices of pro- posed rulemaking that relate to the tax treatment of cafete- ria plans under section 125 of the Code. EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS T.D. 8920, page 654. REG–246256–96, page 713. Temporary and proposed regulations under section 4958 of the Code add details to the definitions and rules of section 4958. Section 4958 imposes excise taxes on excess bene- fit transactions between a section 501(c)(3) or 501(c)(4) organization (except a private foundation) and a person with substantial influence over the affairs of the organization. Announcement 2001–20, page 716. A list is provided of organizations that no longer qualify as orga- nizations to which contributions are deductible under section 170 of the Code. EMPLOYMENT TAX Announcement 2001–16, page 715. This announcement provides guidance to federally recognized Indian tribal governments about their Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) obligations for 2000. Recent legislation changed how FUTA applies to Indian tribal governments. As of December 21, 2000, federally recognized Indian tribal governments are exempt from FUTA. The new law contains a transition rule which eliminates an Indian tribal government’s 2000 liability for FUTA taxes for services performed before December 21, 2000, if certain requirements are met. Because the due date for the 2000 Form 940 used to report FUTA tax liability is January 31, 2001, this announcement is made to provide Indian tribal gov- ernments options in filing their Forms 940. Internal Revenue bbuulllleettiinn Bulletin No. 2001–8 February 20, 2001 HIGHLIGHTS OF THIS ISSUE These synopses are intended only as aids to the reader in identifying the subject matter covered. They may not be relied upon as authoritative interpretations. Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service Finding Lists begin on page ii. Announcements of Disbarments and Suspensions begin on page 717. (Continued on the next page) February 20, 20012001–8 I.R.B. ADMINISTRATIVE T.D. 8935, page 702. REG–103320–00, page 714. Temporary and proposed regulations under section 6103 of the Code set forth the requirements and conditions under which the Service can make disclosures of returns and return information to the designee of a taxpayer pursuant to written or nonwritten requests. Rev. Proc. 2001–18, page 708. Last known address. This procedure explains how a tax- payer is to inform the Service of a change of address. When so informed, the Service will update the taxpayer’s address of record to the new address. The Service uses the taxpayer’s address of record for the various notices that are required to be sent to a taxpayer’s “last known address” under the Code and for refunds of overpayments of tax. Rev. Proc. 90–18 amplified and superseded. Announcement 2001–15, page 715. This announcement advises persons required to file informa- tion returns that the mandatory use of Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification, (Rev. December 2000) by U.S. persons has been delayed until July 1, 2001. However, foreign persons may not use a Form W-9 after December 31, 2000. Announcement 2001–17, page 716. The Service announces the availability of new Form 8875, Taxable REIT Subsidiary Election. This form is used by both an eligible corporation and a REIT to jointly elect to have the cor- poration treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. 2001–8 I.R.B.February 20, 2001 The Internal Revenue Bulletin is the authoritative instrument of the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for announcing offi- cial rulings and procedures of the Internal Revenue Service and for publishing Treasury Decisions, Executive Orders, Tax Conventions, legislation, court decisions, and other items of general interest. It is published weekly and may be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents on a subscription basis. Bulletin contents are consolidated semiannually into Cumulative Bulletins, which are sold on a single-copy basis. It is the policy of the Service to publish in the Bulletin all sub- stantive rulings necessary to promote a uniform application of the tax laws, including all rulings that supersede, revoke, modify, or amend any of those previously published in the Bulletin. All published rulings apply retroactively unless oth- erwise indicated. Procedures relating solely to matters of in- ternal management are not published; however, statements of internal practices and procedures that affect the rights and duties of taxpayers are published. Revenue rulings represent the conclusions of the Service on the application of the law to the pivotal facts stated in the revenue ruling. In those based on positions taken in rulings to taxpayers or technical advice to Service field offices, identifying details and information of a confidential nature are deleted to prevent unwarranted invasions of privacy and to comply with statutory requirements. Rulings and procedures reported in the Bulletin do not have the force and effect of Treasury Department Regulations, but they may be used as precedents. Unpublished rulings will not be relied on, used, or cited as precedents by Ser- vice personnel in the disposition of other cases. In applying published rulings and procedures, the effect of subsequent legislation, regulations, court decisions, rulings, and proce- dures must be considered, and Service personnel and oth- ers concerned are cautioned against reaching the same conclusions in other cases unless the facts and circum- stances are substantially the same. The Bulletin is divided into four parts as follows: Part I.—1986 Code. This part includes rulings and decisions based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Part II.—Treaties and Tax Legislation. This part is divided into two subparts as follows: Subpart A, Tax Conventions, and Subpart B, Legislation and Related Committee Reports. Part III.—Administrative, Procedural, and Miscellaneous. To the extent practicable, pertinent cross references to these subjects are contained in the other Parts and Sub- parts. Also included in this part are Bank Secrecy Act Ad- ministrative Rulings. Bank Secrecy Act Administrative Rul- ings are issued by the Department of the Treasury’s Office of the Assistant Secretary (Enforcement). Part IV.—Items of General Interest. This part includes notices of proposed rulemakings, disbar- ment and suspension lists, and announcements. The first Bulletin for each month includes a cumulative index for the matters published during the preceding months. These monthly indexes are cumulated on a semiannual basis, and are published in the first Bulletin of the succeed- ing semiannual period, respectively. The IRS Mission Provide America’s taxpayers top quality service by help- ing them understand and meet their tax responsibilities and by applying the tax law with integrity and fairness to all. Introduction The contents of this publication are not copyrighted and may be reprinted freely. A citation of the Internal Revenue Bulletin as the source would be appropriate. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. February 20, 20016522001–8 I.R.B. Part I. Rulings and Decisions Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 Section 472.—Last-in, First-out Inventories 26 CFR 1.472–1: Last-in, first-out inventories. LIFO; price indexes; department stores. The December 2000 Bureau of Labor Statistics price indexes are ac- cepted for use by department stores em- ploying the retail inventory and last-in, first-out inventory methods for valuing inventories for tax years ended on, or with reference to, December 31, 2000. Rev. Rul. 2001–9 The following Department Store Inventory Price Indexes for December 2000 were issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. The indexes are accepted by the Internal Revenue Service, under § 1.472–1(k) of the Income Tax Regulations and Rev. Proc. 86–46, 1986–2 C.B. 739, for appropriate applica- tion to inventories of department stores employing the retail inventory and last-in, first-out inventory methods for tax years ended on, or with reference to, December 31, 2000. The Department Store Inventory Price Indexes are prepared on a national basis and include (a) 23 major groups of depart- ments, (b) three special combinations of the major groups - soft goods, durable goods, and miscellaneous goods, and (c) a store total, which covers all departments, including some not listed separately, except for the following: candy, food, liquor, tobacco, and contract departments. BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS, DEPARTMENT STORE INVENTORY PRICE INDEXES BY DEPARTMENT GROUPS (January 1941 = 100, unless otherwise noted) Percent Change GroupsDec.Dec.from Dec. 1999 19992000to Dec. 2000 1 1. Piece Goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512.9489.0-4.7 2. Domestics and Draperies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619.5614.5-0.8 3. Women’s and Children’s Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631.0647.42.6 4. Men’s Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887.4901.81.6 5. Infants’ Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650.0631.7-2.8 6. Women’s Underwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561.6567.21.0 7. Women’s Hosiery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325.0342.9 5.5 8. Women’s and Girls’ Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526.2533.81.4 9. Women’s Outerwear and Girls’ Wear . . . . . . . . . . . 393.5381.8-3.0 10. Men’s Clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610.1584.0-4.3 11. Men’s Furnishings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626.0618.3-1.2 12. Boys’ Clothing and Furnishings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506.4487.8 -3.7 13. Jewelry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924.8910.2-1.6 14. Notions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768.3795.13.5 15. Toilet Articles and Drugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981.7984.40.3 16. Furniture and Bedding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688.5692.80.6 17. Floor Coverings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602.7628.74.3 18. Housewares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786.9769.3-2.2 19. Major Appliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234.9229.6-2.3 20. Radio and Television . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63.257.1-9.7 21. Recreation and Education 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95.391.8-3.7 22. Home Improvements 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129.3129.30.0 23. Auto Accessories 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.3108.20.8 Groups 1 - 15: Soft Goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596.7589.8-1.2 Groups 16 - 20: Durable Goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445.6433.9-2.6 Groups 21 - 23: Misc. Goods 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.1100.0-2.1 Store Total 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540.2531.7-1.6 1 Absence of a minus sign before the percentage change in this column signifies a price increase. 2 Indexes on a January 1986=100 base. 3 The store total index covers all departments, including some not listed separately, except for the following: candy, food, liquor, tobacco, and contract departments. DRAFTING INFORMATION The principal author of this revenue ruling is Alan J. Tomsic of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting). For further information re- garding this revenue ruling, contact Mr. Tomsic at (202) 622-4970 (not a toll-free call). Section 988.—Treatment of Certain Foreign Currency Transactions 26 CFR 1.988–1: Certain definitions and special rules. T.D. 8914 DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Internal Revenue Service 26 CFR Part 1 Definition of Hyperinflationary Currency for Purposes of Section 988 AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury. ACTION: Final regulations. SUMMARY: This document contains final regulations concerning when a cur- rency will be considered hyperinflation- ary for purposes of section 988. These final regulations are intended to prevent distortions associated with the computa- tion of income and expense arising from section 988 transactions denominated in hyperinflationary currencies. DATES: The effective date of this regula- tion is February 14, 2000. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CON- TACT: John W. Rogers III of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (International) at (202) 622-3870. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background This document contains final Income Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 1) under section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code). On March 17, 1992, the IRS and Treasury published final regulations (57 F.R. 9172) relating to the taxation of sec- tion 988 transactions, including, inter alia, transactions denominated in hyperinfla- tionary currencies. Also on March 17, 1992, proposed regulations were pub- lished (57 F.R. 9217) relating to the treat- ment of certain financial instruments denominated in hyperinflationary curren- cies. The proposed regulations did not separately define hyperinflationary cur- rency. Rather, they simply made refer- ence to the definition in the final regula- tions, §1.988–1(f). T.D. 8860 (2000–5 I.R.B. 437) (65 F.R. 2026) (January 13, 2000) finalized the proposed regulations relating to the treat- ment of financial instruments denominat- ed in hyperinflationary currencies. Also in that issue of the Bulletin was a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG–116567–99, 2000–5 I.R.B. 463) regarding a proposed change in the period of years that are con- sidered in determining whether a currency is hyperinflationary for purposes of sec- tion 988 (base period). The notice of pro- posed rulemaking also provided notice of a public hearing on the proposed regula- tions. No requests to speak were received, and the public hearing was can- celed. This Treasury decision finalizes the proposed regulations relating to the change in base period, with certain minor changes. Explanation of Provisions As set out in the notice of proposed rulemaking, the term hyperinflationary currency, as defined in §1.988–1(f), uti- lizes the definition in §1.985–1(b)(2)(ii)(D). This definition was developed in the context of the Dollar Approximate Separate Transactions Method (DASTM) regulations, §1.985–3, and generally considers the cumulative effects of inflation over the base period in determining whether a currency is hyper- inflationary. In §1.985–1(b)(2)(ii)(D), the base period consists of the thirty-six cal- endar month period immediately preced- ing the first day of the current calendar year. Use of this base period is generally appropriate in the context of DASTM because a qualified business unit needs to know in advance if it is subject to §1.985–3 calculations. However, failure to take the current year’s inflation into account for purposes of computing foreign currency gain or loss under section 988 may lead to distor- tions in income and expense because inflation may rise dramatically in a single year. Accordingly, the IRS and Treasury believe that for purposes of section 988, it is more appropriate to consider the cumu- lative inflation rate over the thirty-six month period ending on the last day of the taxpayer’s (or the qualified business unit’s) current taxable year. This change in the base period, however, applies only for the purposes of section 988 and not for the purpose of determining whether a tax- payer (or QBU) is subject to the provi- sions of §1.985–3. Summary of Comments One comment was received in connec- tion with the proposed change in the mea- surement of the base period under section 988. This comment relates to the applica- tion of the rule to regulated investment companies (RICs). The commenter stated that sections 852(a) and 4982 effectively require a RIC to distribute essentially all of its income during the calendar year in which it is earned. Thus, the commenter concluded that RICs need to know before the end of their tax year whether a partic- ular currency is hyperinflationary. The Treasury and IRS recognize that the revised definition of base period could present an administrative burden for RICs. Accordingly, the final regulation provides that RICs are not subject to the revised base period standard of these final regulations. A similar exclusion from the revised base period standard has been made for REITs due to their similar distribution requirements. The regulation has also been amended to provide that the Service may by notice provide that the revised base period standard shall not apply to any section 988 transaction of an entity with distribution requirements similar to that of RICs and REITs. In addition, the regulation was amend- ed to provide that generally accepted accounting principles may not apply to alter the base period outlined in paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. This change is intended to clarify that the last sentence of §1.985–1(b)(2)(ii)(D) may not be used to alter the base period for purposes of section 988. Special Analyses It has been determined that this Treasury decision is not a significant reg- ulatory action as defined in Executive 2001–8 I.R.B.653February 20, 2001 Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It has also been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedures Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) and the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) do not apply to these regulations, and therefore, a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis is not required. Drafting Information The principal author of these regula- tions is John W. Rogers III of the Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Interna- tional). However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury Department also participated in their development. * * * * * Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is amended as follows: PART 1 — INCOME TAXES Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows: Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * * Par. 2. In §1.988–1, paragraph (f) is re- vised to read as follows: §1.988–1 Certain definitions and special rules * * * * * (f) Hyperinflationary currency—(1) Definition—(i) General rule. For pur- poses of section 988, a hyperinflationary currency means a currency described in §1.985–1(b)(2)(ii)(D). Unless otherwise provided, the currency in any example used in §§1.988–1 through 1.988–5 is not a hyperinflationary currency. (ii) Special rules for determining base period. In determining whether a currency is hyperinflationary under §1.985–1(b)(2) (ii)(D) for purposes of this paragraph (f), the following rules will apply: (A) The base period means the thirty- six calendar month period ending on the last day of the taxpayer’s (or qualified business unit’s) current taxable year. Thus, for example, if for 1996, 1997, and 1998, a country’s annual inflation rates are 6 percent, 11 percent, and 90 percent, respectively, the cumulative inflation rate for the three-year base period is 124% [((1.06 x 1.11 x 1.90) - 1.0 = 1.24) x 100 = 124%]. Accordingly, assuming the QBU has a calendar year as its taxable year, the currency of the country is hyper- inflationary for the 1998 taxable year. This change in the §1.985–1(b)(2)(ii)(D) base period shall not apply to any section 988 transaction of an entity described in section 851 (regulated investment com- pany (RIC)) or section 856 (real estate in- vestment trust (REIT)). The Service may, by notice, provide that the foregoing change in the §1.985–1(b)(2)(ii)(D) base period does not apply to any section 988 transaction of an entity with distribution requirements similar to a RIC or REIT. (B) The last sentence of §1.985–1(b)(2)(ii)(D) shall not apply to alter the base period for purposes of this paragraph (f) in determining whether a currency is hyperinflationary for purposes of section 988. Accordingly, generally accepted accounting principles may not apply to alter the base period for purposes of this paragraph (f). (2) Effective date. Paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall apply to transactions entered into after February 14, 2000. * * * * * Robert E. Wenzel, Deputy Commissioner of Internal Revenue. Approved November 29, 2000. Jonathan Talisman, Acting Assistant Secretary of the Treasury. (Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on De- cember 29, 2000, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal Register for January 3, 2001, 66 F.R. 279) Section 4958.—Taxes on Excess Benefit Transactions 26 CFR 53.4958–1T: Taxes on excess benefit transactions (temporary). T.D. 8920 DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Internal Revenue Service 26 CFR Parts 53, 301, and 602 Excise Taxes on Excess Benefit Transactions AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury. ACTION: Temporary regulations. SUMMARY: This document contains temporary regulations relating to the excise taxes on excess benefit transactions under section 4958 of the Internal Revenue Code, as well as certain amendments and addi- tions to existing Income Tax Regulations affected by section 4958. Section 4958 was enacted in section 1311 of the Taxpayer Bill of Rights 2. Section 4958 imposes excise taxes on transactions that provide excess economic benefits to dis- qualified persons of public charities and social welfare organizations (referred to as applicable tax-exempt organizations). Disqualified persons who benefit from an excess benefit transaction with an applica- ble tax-exempt organization are liable for a tax of 25 percent of the excess benefit. Such persons are also liable for a tax of 200 percent of the excess benefit if the excess benefit is not corrected by a certain date. Additionally, organization managers who participate in an excess benefit transaction knowingly, willfully, and without reason- able cause, are liable for a tax of 10 percent of the excess benefit. The tax for which participating organization managers are liable cannot exceed $10,000 for any one excess benefit transaction. DATES: Effective Date: These regula- tions are effective January 10, 2001. Applicability Date: These regulations apply as of January 10, 2001, and will cease to apply January 9, 2004. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CON- TACT: Phyllis D. Haney, (202) 622-4290 (not a toll-free number). SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Paperwork Reduction Act The collections of information con- tained in these temporary regulations have been reviewed and approved by the Office of Management and Budget in ac- cordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3507) under control num- ber 1545–1623, in conjunction with the notice of proposed rulemaking published August 4, 1998, 63 F.R. 41486, REG–246256–96, Failure by Certain Charitable Organizations to Meet Certain Qualification Requirements; Taxes on Ex- cess Benefit Transactions. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, February 20, 20016542001–8 I.R.B. a collection of information unless it dis- plays a valid control number assigned by the Office of Management and Budget. Books and records relating to the col- lection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become mater- ial in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103. Background Section 4958 was added to the Code by the Taxpayer Bill of Rights 2, Public Law 104–168 (110 Stat. 1452), enacted July 30, 1996. The section 4958 excise taxes generally apply to excess benefit transac- tions occurring on or after September 14, 1995. The IRS notified the general public of the new section 4958 excise taxes in Notice 96–46 (1996–2 C.B. 212), which also solicited comments on the new law. On August 4, 1998, a notice of pro- posed rulemaking (REG–246256–96) on page 713 of this Bulletin clarifying cer- tain definitions and rules contained in sec- tion 4958 was published in the Federal Register(63 F.R. 41486). The IRS re- ceived numerous written comments re- sponding to this notice, including a com- ment from the public on the collections of information estimates contained therein. That commentator expressed concern that the purchase of independent compen- sation surveys is required to certify the reasonableness of certain outside and per- sonnel contracts; and that the proposed regulations place a burden on governing bodies of applicable tax-exempt organiza- tions, increasing the personal risk of members of those governing bodies. The collections of information in the proposed regulations are voluntary on the part of the governing bodies of applicable tax-ex- empt organizations. Although the collec- tions of information allow the organiza- tion to rely on a presumption that a transaction is reasonable or at fair market value, the failure to obtain the collections of information in no way implies that a transaction is unreasonable. Further, as discussed under Explana- tion of Provisions of this preamble (under the heading Rebuttable presumption that a transaction is not an excess benefit transaction), the IRS and the Treasury Department believe that any applicable tax-exempt organization may compile its own comparability data rather than obtain an independent survey to satisfy the re- quirement to obtain appropriate data as to comparability. Therefore, although the comment on Paperwork Reduction Act re- quirements was considered in the new es- timates of the annual burden per record- keeper and per respondent, these temporary regulations continue to con- clude that the estimated annual burden per recordkeeper varies from 3 hours to 308 hours, depending on individual circum- stances, with an estimated weighted aver- age of 6 hours, 3 minutes. A public hearing was held on March 16 and 17, 1999. After consideration of all the comments, the proposed regulations under section 4958 were revised as fol- lows. The major areas of the comments and revisions are discussed below. Explanation of Provisions Additional Taxes on Disqualified Person A disqualified person benefitting from an excess benefit transaction must correct the excess benefit within the taxable pe- riod to avoid liability for the 200-percent tax under section 4958(b). The taxable period is defined by section 4958 as the period beginning on the date the transac- tion occurred and ending on the earlier of the date of mailing a notice of deficiency, or the date on which the 25-percent tax is assessed. A commentator questioned whether the disqualified person would receive any no- tice that the IRS was examining a possible excess benefit transaction before either of the events ending the taxable period occur. In fact, a disqualified person would be notified if an examination of that person were opened pursuant to an examination of an applicable tax-exempt organization. The IRS has an obligation under Internal Revenue Code (Code) sec- tion 7602(c) to notify taxpayers at the be- ginning of the examination and collection process that the IRS might contact third parties (such as the organization) about the taxpayer’s tax liabilities. Addition- ally, the IRS follows the procedure of is- suing a “first letter of proposed defi- ciency” allowing the taxpayer an opportunity for administrative review in the IRS Office of Appeals. This first let- ter is issued 30 days before the notice of deficiency is issued. Consequently, a dis- qualified person would be aware of any examination of a potential excess benefit transaction before the end of the taxable period. Although it is also IRS practice to issue a single notice of deficiency for both the 25-percent and 200-percent section 4958 taxes for which the disqualified person is liable, the abatement rules under section 4961 provide that the 200-percent tax under section 4958(b) is not to be as- sessed (and if assessed, is to be abated) if the excess benefit is corrected within 90 days after the mailing of the notice of de- ficiency for that tax. Correction Section 4958(f)(6) defines correction as “undoing the excess benefit to the ex- tent possible, and taking any additional measures necessary to place the organiza- tion in a financial position not worse than that in which it would be if the disquali- fied person were dealing under the high- est fiduciary standards.” The proposed regulations provide a short, general de- scription of correction, referring to the statutory language. The proposed regula- tions define correction as repaying an amount of money equal to the excess ben- efit, plus “any additional amount needed to compensate the organization for the loss of the use of the money or other prop- erty” from the date of the excess benefit transaction to the date the excess benefit is corrected. The proposed regulations further allow correction “in certain cir- cumstances” by permitting the disquali- fied person to return property to the orga- nization and “taking any additional steps necessary to make the organization whole.” Where there is an ongoing con- tract for services, the proposed regula- tions provide that the parties need not ter- minate the contract in order to correct, but the contract “may need to be modified” to avoid future excess benefit transactions. The IRS received numerous comments and requests for additional guidance relat- ing to correction as defined in the pro- posed regulations. A number of commen- tators requested that final regulations state explicitly that correction requires a dis- qualified person to pay interest on the ex- cess benefit amount, and to specify the rate of interest. The temporary regulations state that the disqualified person must pay the applica- 2001–8 I.R.B.655February 20, 2001 ble tax-exempt organization a correction amount in order to correct an excess bene- fit transaction and prevent imposition of the 200-percent tax. The correction amount equals the sum of the excess ben- efit and interest on the excess benefit. The amount of the interest charge is deter- mined by multiplying the excess benefit by an interest rate, compounded annually, for the period from the date the excess benefit transaction occurred to the date of correction. The interest rate used for this purpose must be a rate that equals or ex- ceeds the applicable Federal rate (AFR), compounded annually, for the month in which the transaction occurred. The pe- riod from the date the excess benefit transaction occurred to the date of correc- tion is used to determine whether the ap- propriate AFR is the Federal short-term rate, the Federal mid-term rate, or the Federal long-term rate. Commentators requested that an ap- plicable tax-exempt organization have discretion to determine the appropriate form of correction; for example, payment of money, return of property, or some combination. Alternatively, one commen- tator requested an explicit rule that mone- tary payment is always sufficient and that a buy-back or return of property is not re- quired. Another requested clarification that rescission could constitute an appro- priate form of correction. The temporary regulations provide, in general, that a disqualified person cor- rects an excess benefit only by making a payment in cash or cash equivalents to the applicable tax-exempt organization equal to the correction amount. The disquali- fied person may, however, with the agree- ment of the applicable tax-exempt organi- zation, make a payment by returning specific property previously transferred in the excess benefit transaction. In the lat- ter case, the amount of the payment equals the lesser of the fair market value of the property determined on the date the property is returned to the organization, or the fair market value of the property on the date the excess benefit transaction oc- curred. Under the temporary regulations, if the payment made by returning the property is less than the correction amount, the dis- qualified person must make an additional cash payment to the organization of the difference. Conversely, if the payment made by returning the property exceeds the correction amount, the organization may make a cash payment to the disquali- fied person of the difference. The dis- qualified person who engaged in the ex- cess benefit transaction with the applicable tax-exempt organization may not participate in the applicable tax-ex- empt organization’s decision whether to accept as a correction payment the return of specific property previously transferred in the excess benefit transaction. An or- ganization may always refuse the return of that property as payment, and require instead that the disqualified person make a payment in cash (or cash equivalents) of the full correction amount. The temporary regulations provide a special rule relating to the correction of an excess benefit transaction resulting from the vesting of benefits provided under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. To the extent that such benefits have not been distributed to the disqualified per- son, the disqualified person may correct the portion of the excess benefit attribut- able to such undistributed deferred com- pensation by relinquishing any right to re- ceive such benefits (including any earnings thereon). The temporary regulations provide five new examples that illustrate acceptable forms of correction. The temporary regu- lations also clarify that, if the disqualified person makes a payment of less than the full correction amount, the 200-percent tax is imposed only on the unpaid portion of the correction amount. Another commentator suggested that where an organization failed to establish its intent to treat an economic benefit as consideration for the performance of ser- vices, amending an information return, rather than requiring the disqualified per- son to repay the benefit, should be suffi- cient to correct the excess benefit transac- tion, assuming that the total amount of compensation was reasonable. In this re- gard, the proposed regulations specifi- cally allow the reporting of an economic benefit by an organization on an original or amended Federal tax information re- turn to establish that a benefit was in- tended as compensation. The proposed regulations and these temporary regula- tions permit an organization to establish its intent by amending an information re- turn at any time prior to when the IRS commences an examination. Addition- ally, the temporary regulations explicitly allow the disqualified person to amend the person’s Federal tax return to report a benefit as income at any time prior to when the IRS commences an examination of the disqualified person or the applica- ble tax-exempt organization for the tax- able year in which the transaction occurs. In addition, under the proposed regula- tions and these temporary regulations, if an organization can show reasonable cause (using existing standards under sec- tion 6724) for failing to report an eco- nomic benefit as compensation as re- quired under the Code or regulations, then the organization will be treated as clearly indicating its intent to provide an eco- nomic benefit as compensation for ser- vices. The section 6724 standards include acting in a responsible manner before and after the failure to report occurred, along with either significant mitigating factors or events beyond the organization’s con- trol. Where the applicable tax-exempt orga- nization provides taxable benefits to a dis- qualified person, section 4958(c)(1) re- quires a clear indication that the organization intended to provide the ben- efits as consideration for the performance of services. Where there is no such clear indication, the value of those benefits generally is an excess benefit, regardless of any claim of reasonableness of the total compensation package. In this case, the regular correction rules apply. The temporary regulations provide that failure of the organization or the disquali- fied person to report nontaxable economic benefits (or otherwise document a clear in- tent) does not result automatically in an ex- cess benefit transaction. This rule is consis- tent with the legislative history. (H. REP. NO. 506, 104th Congress, 2d SESS. (1996), 53, 57, note 8). These non- taxable benefits must still be taken into ac- count (unless specifically excluded else- where in the regulations) when determining whether the total amount of compensation paid to a disqualified person is reasonable. Therefore, only to the extent that total com- pensation exceeds what is reasonable could a section 4958 excise tax be imposed and correction be required with respect to non- taxable economic benefits. The temporary regulations provide ad- ditional guidance regarding correction February 20, 20016562001–8 I.R.B. where an applicable tax-exempt organiza- tion has ceased to exist or is no longer tax-exempt under section 501(a) as an or- ganization described in section 501(c)(3) or (4). The temporary regulations make clear that a disqualified person must cor- rect the excess benefit transaction in ei- ther event. In the case of section 501(c)(3) organizations, the disqualified person must pay the correction amount to another organization described in section 501(c)(3) in accordance with the dissolu- tion clause of the applicable tax-exempt organization involved in the excess bene- fit transaction, provided the other organi- zation is not related to the disqualified person. In the case of section 501(c)(4) organizations, the disqualified person must pay the correction amount to the successor section 501(c)(4) organization or, if there is no tax-exempt successor, to any section 501(c)(3) or section 501(c)(4) organization not related to the disquali- fied person. Several commentators requested clari- fication that a disqualified person is al- lowed to deduct the payment of a correc- tion amount as a business expense. The issue is beyond the scope of these regula- tions. The provisions of Subtitle A of the Code govern the deductibility of any part of a correction payment. Tax Paid by Organization Managers: Reliance on Advice of Counsel The proposed regulations provide a safe harbor under which a manager’s participa- tion in a transaction will ordinarily not be subject to tax under section 4958(a)(2), even though the transaction is subse- quently held to be an excess benefit trans- action, if the manager fully discloses the factual situation to legal counsel, then re- lies on the advice of such counsel ex- pressed in a reasoned written legal opinion that a transaction is not an excess benefit transaction. This safe harbor parallels the rules for foundation manager taxes con- tained in the regulations under section 4941 (taxes on self-dealing) and section 4945 (taxes on taxable expenditures). A number of commentators suggested that the final regulations expand the ad- vice-of-counsel safe harbor to allow re- liance on the advice of other professionals. Specifically mentioned were section 7525 practitioners (Federally authorized tax practitioners), professional tax advisors, and compensation consultants and apprais- ers with respect to valuation issues. Com- mentators likewise suggested that parallel revisions should be made to the section 4941 and 4945 regulations. The temporary regulations expand the safe harbor contained in the proposed reg- ulations. The temporary regulations pro- vide that an organization manager’s partic- ipation in an excess benefit transaction will ordinarily not be considered knowing to the extent that, after full disclosure of the factual situation to an appropriate profes- sional, the organization manager relies on a reasoned written opinion of that profes- sional with respect to elements of the trans- action within the professional’s expertise. For this purpose, appropriate professionals are legal counsel (including in-house coun- sel), certified public accountants or ac- counting firms with expertise regarding the relevant tax law matters, and independent valuation experts who meet specified re- quirements. The requirements for appro- priate valuation experts are modeled after the section 170 regulations that define qualified appraisersfor charitable deduc- tion purposes. Under the section 4958 temporary regulations, the valuation ex- perts must hold themselves out to the pub- lic as appraisers or compensation consul- tants; perform the relevant valuations on a regular basis; be qualified to make valua- tions of the type of property or services being valued; and include in the written opinion a certification that they meet the preceding requirements. This section 4958 regulations project did not undertake any revisions to the advice-of-counsel safe har- bor or the definition of knowingin the sec- tion 4941 and 4945 regulations. The temporary regulations contain an additional safe harbor, providing that an organization manager’s participation in a transaction will ordinarily not be consid- ered knowing if the manager relies on the fact that the requirements giving rise to the rebuttable presumption of reasonable- ness are satisfied with respect to the trans- action (for the requirements, see discus- sion under the heading Rebuttable presumption that a transaction is not an excess benefit transactionof this pream- ble). Date of Occurrence Section 4958 does not specify when an excess benefit transaction occurs. The proposed regulations provide that an ex- cess benefit transaction occurs on the date on which the disqualified person receives the economic benefit from the applicable tax-exempt organization for Federal in- come tax purposes. The proposed regula- tions also provide that a transaction con- sisting of the payment of deferred compensation occurs on the date the de- ferred compensation is earned and vested. Several comments were received request- ing additional guidance about the timing of an excess benefit transaction. Specifi- cally, one commentator requested clarifi- cation in the case of multiple payments. The temporary regulations continue to provide as a general rule that an excess benefit transaction occurs on the date the disqualified person receives the economic benefit for Federal income tax purposes. The temporary regulations contain addi- tional rules for a series of compensation payments or other payments arising pur- suant to a single contractual arrangement provided to a disqualified person over the course of the disqualified person’s taxable year (or part of a taxable year). In such a case, any excess benefit transaction with respect to these aggregate payments is deemed to occur on the last day of the tax- able year (or, if the payments continue for part of the year, the date of the last pay- ment in the series). The temporary regulations also contain special rules for deferred, contingent, and certain noncash compensation. The tem- porary regulations state that in the case of benefits provided pursuant to a qualified pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan, the transaction occurs on the date the benefit is vested. In the case of a transfer of property that is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, or in the case of rights to future compensation or prop- erty (including benefits under a nonquali- fied deferred compensation plan), the transaction occurs on the date the prop- erty, or the rights to future compensation or property, is not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. However, where the disqualified person elects to include an amount in gross income in the taxable year of transfer pursuant to section 83(b), the general rule applies, such that the transaction occurs on the date the disqual- ified person receives the economic benefit from the applicable tax-exempt organiza- tion for Federal income tax purposes. 2001–8 I.R.B.657February 20, 2001 Any excess benefit transaction with re- spect to benefits under a deferred com- pensation plan which vest during any tax- able year of the disqualified person is deemed to occur on the last day of the dis- qualified person’s taxable year. The temporary regulations continue to reference the relevant Code sections for statute of limitations rules as they apply to section 4958 excise taxes. Generally, the statute of limitations for section 4958 taxes begins with the filing of the applica- ble tax-exempt organization’s return for the year in which the excess benefit trans- action occurred. If the organization dis- closes an item on its return or on an at- tached schedule or statement in a manner sufficient to apprise the IRS of the exis- tence and nature of an excess benefit transaction, the three-year limitation on assessment and collection applies. If the transaction is not so disclosed, a six-year limitation on assessment and collection applies, unless an exception listed in sec- tion 6501(c) applies. Definition of Applicable Tax-Exempt Organization Section 4958(e) defines an applicable tax-exempt organizationas “any organiza- tion which (without regard to any excess benefit) would be described in paragraph (3) or (4) of section 501(c) and exempt from tax under section 501(a) . . .” (except private foundations). An applicable tax- exempt organization also includes any or- ganization that was described in section 501(c)(3) or (4) and exempt from tax under section 501(a) at any time during a five-year period ending on the date of an excess benefit transaction (the lookback period). The temporary regulations revise the section defining applicable tax-exempt organizations to clarify that an organiza- tion is not described in section 501(c)(3) or (4) for purposes of section 4958 during any period covered by a final determina- tion or adjudication that the organization is not exempt from tax under section 501(a) as an organization described in section 501(c)(3) or (4), so long as that determination or adjudication is not based upon participation in inurement or one or more excess benefit transactions. A number of commentators requested that the final regulations clarify the status of section 115 governmental entities that voluntarily applied for a determination of their section 501(c)(3) status. Others re- quested that those governmental entities that applied for section 501(c)(3) exemp- tion before the enactment of section 4958 be exempt from section 4958. In re- sponse to these comments, the temporary regulations provide that any governmen- tal entity that is exempt from (or not sub- ject to) taxation without regard to section 501(a) is not an applicable tax-exempt or- ganization for purposes of section 4958. Definition of Disqualified Person Section 4958(f)(1) defines a disquali- fied person with respect to any transaction as “any person who was, at any time dur- ing the 5-year period ending on the date of such transaction, in a position to exer- cise substantial influence over the affairs of the organization . . .” (and several other categories of related persons). The pro- posed regulations list the statutory cate- gories of related persons (i.e., certain family members and 35-percent con- trolled entities) that are treated as disqual- ified persons for section 4958 purposes. The proposed regulations also list several categories of persons who are treated as disqualified persons by virtue of the func- tions they perform for, or the interests they hold in, the organization. The pro- posed regulations further provide that other persons may be treated as disquali- fied persons depending on all relevant facts and circumstances and list some of the factors to be considered. Some commentators questioned certain categories of persons who are deemed to have substantial influence under the pro- posed regulations (e.g., presidents, chief executive officers, treasurers), arguing that these per secategories conflict with a statement in the legislative history that “[a] person having the title of ‘officer, di- rector, or trustee’ does not automatically have the status of a disqualified person.” These commentators requested that final regulations adopt an alternative approach of listing these categories as facts and cir- cumstances tending to show that a person has substantial influence over the affairs of an organization. In response to these comments, the temporary regulations clarify that the per secategories of per- sons who are in a position to exercise sub- stantial influence for section 4958 pur- poses are defined by reference to the actual powers and responsibilities held by the person and not merely by the person’s title or formal position. Thus, for exam- ple, it is possible that a person with the mere title of “president” could be treated as not having substantial influence if it is demonstrated that the person, in fact, does not have ultimate responsibility for imple- menting the decisions of the governing body or for supervising the management, administration, or operation of the organi- zation. A number of commentators objected to a provision in the proposed regulations under which a person who has or shares authority to sign drafts or to authorize electronic transfer of the organization’s funds is treated as a treasurer or chief fi- nancial officer who is in a position to ex- ercise substantial influence over the af- fairs of the organization. Other commentators requested that the final reg- ulations recognize that a person who may authorize transfer of only minimal amounts of the organization’s funds should not be treated as a disqualified per- son solely by reason of that authority. The temporary regulations clarify that a person who has the powers and responsi- bilities of a treasurer or chief financial of- ficer is in a position to exercise substan- tial influence, provided that the person has ultimate responsibility for managing the finances of the organization. As re- quested by commentators, the temporary regulations delete the provision from the proposed regulations that refers to having, or sharing, authority to sign drafts or to authorize electronic transfer of funds. The IRS and the Treasury Department considered, but declined to adopt at pre- sent, a special rule with respect to so- called “donor advised funds” maintained by an applicable tax-exempt organization. Unlike other segments of an applicable tax-exempt organization, such as an oper- ating department (or division) of the orga- nization, a donor advised fund consists of a segregated fund maintained for the spe- cific purpose of allowing certain persons to provide ongoing advice regarding the organization’s use of amounts contributed by a particular donor (or donors). Al- though these persons cannot properly have legal control over the segregated fund, they nonetheless are in a position to exercise substantial influence over the amount, timing, or recipients of distribu- February 20, 20016582001–8 I.R.B. tions from the fund. Accordingly, the IRS and the Treasury Department request comments regarding potential issues raised by applying the fair market value standard of section 4958 to distributions from a donor advised fund to (or for the use of) the donor or advisor. The proposed regulations deem certain persons not to have substantial influence, including any applicable tax-exempt or- ganization described in section 501(c)(3) (i.e., public charities subject to section 4958). Various commentators requested that section 501(c)(4) applicable tax-ex- empt organizations, section 115 govern- mental entities, corporations or associa- tions organized as non-profits under the laws of any State, or entities 100-percent controlled by and for the benefit of sec- tion 501(c)(3) applicable tax-exempt or- ganizations, be deemed not to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of applicable tax-exempt organizations. The temporary regulations provide that any organization described in section 501(c)(3) and exempt from tax under sec- tion 501(a) (including a private founda- tion), is not a disqualified person. The temporary regulations do not specifically exclude from disqualified person status section 115 and section 501(c)(4) organi- zations generally, as requested in com- ments. However, the temporary regula- tions state that an organization described in section 501(c)(4) is deemed not to have substantial influence with respect to an- other applicable tax-exempt organization described in section 501(c)(4). Addition- ally, the temporary regulations provide that the transfer of economic benefits to a government entity for exclusively public purposes is disregarded for purposes of section 4958. A number of comments were received on the section of the proposed regulations providing that facts and circumstances govern in all cases where disqualified per- son status is not explicitly described. Commentators variously requested revi- sion or deletion of the statement that a person with managerial control over a dis- crete segment of an organization could be in a position to exercise substantial influ- ence over the affairs of the entire organi- zation. Instead of considering this factor in an overall evaluation of the facts and circumstances, the temporary regulations provide that the fact that a “person man- ages a discrete segment or activity of the organization that represents a substantial portion of the activities, assets, income, or expenses of the organization” is a sepa- rate factor tending to show substantial in- fluence. The IRS and the Treasury De- partment believe that, in some circumstances, a person managing a dis- crete segment or activity of an organiza- tion is, in fact, in a position to exercise substantial influence over the organiza- tion as a whole. With respect to the factor that a person is a substantial contributor within the meaning of section 507(d)(2), requests were made to define a substantial contrib- utoras a person contributing more than two percent of the organization’s total support; to use a higher threshold, such as the greater of $50,000 or 10 percent of total contributions received; to limit the treatment of substantial contributor status as a factor to a reasonable time (e.g.,four years); and to tie substantial contributor status to persons required to be disclosed as such on Form 990 or Schedule A of that form. Additionally, a request was made to specify how the five-year lookback period applies to substantial contributors. The temporary regulations continue to include as a factor tending to show sub- stantial influence the fact that a person is a substantial contributor, generally as de- fined in section 507(d)(2)(A). However, the temporary regulations clarify that, to determine whether a person is a substan- tial contributor for section 4958 purposes, only contributions received by the organi- zation during its current taxable year and the four preceding taxable years are taken into account. With respect to the factor that a per- son’s compensation is based on revenues derived from activities of the organization that the person controls, a number of commentators requested that a determina- tion of disqualified person status not be based solely on this factor. Several com- mentators specifically requested clarifica- tion of this factor with respect to physi- cians in particular, and others requested that the factor be deleted altogether. Other commentators requested that the factor be narrowed to situations where the person’s compensation is based on rev- enues from activities that provide over half of the organization’s annual revenue, or that the factor be modified to apply only if a person’s compensation is based to a significant extent on revenues derived from activities of the organization that the person controls. In response to these comments, the temporary regulations modify the factor to require that the per- son’s compensation is primarily based on revenues derived from activities of the or- ganization that the person controls. A number of commentators argued that it is inappropriate to include all persons with managerial authority, or persons serving as key advisors to a person with managerial authority, as potential disqual- ified persons. Additional comments on this issue requested that the final regula- tions clarify the meaning of managerial authorityor delete that factor from the regulations. Others suggested that the term key advisorbe limited to those with real, substantial authority, or deleted alto- gether and replaced by a standard that a person can have managerial authority by virtue of his or her actual impact on the organization’s affairs without regard to title or position. In response to these comments, the temporary regulations delete as a factor tending to show substan- tial influence the fact that a person serves as a key advisor to a manager. Moreover, with respect to managerial authority, the temporary regulations list revised factors tending to show substantial influence, in- cluding whether: 1) the person has or shares authority to control or determine a substantial portion of the organization’s capital expenditures, operating budget, or compensation for employees; and 2) the person manages a discrete segment or ac- tivity of the organization that represents a substantial portion of the activities, assets, income, or expenses of the organization, as compared to the organization as a whole. With respect to factors tending to show that a person does not have substantial in- fluence, one commentator requested that the fact that the person has had no prior involvement or relationship with the orga- nization be added as a factor. Another commentator requested that the indepen- dent contractor factor be modified so that all “outside, independent professionals performing services on a strictly fee-for- service arrangement” are presumed not to be disqualified persons. Other commen- tators requested that additional factors tending to show no substantial influence 2001–8 I.R.B.659February 20, 2001 be added for employees. In this regard, suggested factors included that the person reports to a disqualified person, does not participate in major policy or financial de- cisions affecting the organization as a whole, or holds a position three or more levels below the governing body. In re- sponse to these comments, the temporary regulations provide as a factor tending to show no substantial influence the fact that a person is an independent contractor (such as an attorney, accountant, or in- vestment manager or advisor) whose sole relationship to the organization is provid- ing professional advice, but who does not have decision-making authority, with re- spect to transactions from which the inde- pendent contractor will not economically benefit either directly or indirectly (aside from customary fees received for the pro- fessional advice rendered). In addition, the temporary regulations add as factors tending to show no substantial influence the fact that the direct supervisor of the individual is not a disqualified person, and that the person does not participate in any management decisions affecting the organization as a whole or a substantial, discrete segment or activity of the organi- zation. The temporary regulations also address the issue of persons with no prior involvement with the organization by pro- viding a special exception for initial con- tracts (see the discussion under the head- ing Initial Contract Exceptionin this preamble). Definition of Excess Benefit Transaction Section 4958(c)(1) defines the phrase excess benefit transactionas “any trans- action in which an economic benefit is provided by an applicable tax-exempt or- ganization directly or indirectly to or for the use of any disqualified person if the value of the economic benefit provided exceeds the value of the consideration (in- cluding the performance of services) re- ceived for providing such benefit.” The excess benefit is the amount by which the value of the economic benefits provided to (or for the use of) the disqualified per- son exceeds the value of the consideration received. The proposed regulations fur- ther define certain terms in the statutory definition of excess benefit transaction and delineate specific items that either are disregarded or must be taken into account in determining the value of a compensa- tion package. The proposed regulations also prescribe standards for determining fair market value for section 4958 pur- poses. In response to comments received on these topics, the temporary regulations make numerous changes to the provisions of the proposed regulations that define the phrase excess benefit transaction(as sum- marized under the next six topic head- ings). The IRS and the Treasury Department considered whether embezzled amounts should be viewed as provided by the orga- nization for section 4958 purposes. In this regard, the IRS and the Treasury De- partment believe that any economic bene- fit received by a disqualified person (who by definition has substantial influence) from the assets of the organization is pro- vided by the organization even if the transfer of the benefit was not authorized under the regular procedures of the orga- nization. Economic Benefit Provided Directly or Indirectly Section 4958(c)(1)(A) provides that an excess benefit transaction may arise when economic benefits are provided by an applicable tax-exempt organization directly or indirectly to or for the use of any disqualified person. In this regard, the proposed regulations provide that “[a] benefit may be provided indirectly through the use of one or more entities controlled by or affiliated with the ap- plicable tax-exempt organization. For example, if an applicable tax-exempt or- ganization causes its taxable subsidiary to pay excessive compensation to, or en- gage in a transaction at other than fair market value with, a disqualified person of the parent organization, the payment of the compensation or the transfer of property is an excess benefit transac- tion.” This example is based on similar language contained in the legislative his- tory to section 4958 (See H. REP. NO. 506, 104th Congress, 2d SESS. (1996), 53, 56, note 3). A number of commentators requested further clarification of the definition of in- direct excess benefit transactions. Some commentators requested that the final reg- ulations clarify that any compensation disqualified persons receive from unre- lated third parties through the acquies- cence of the employing applicable tax-ex- empt organization not be considered in determining reasonable compensation. Another commentator suggested that, as a general rule, an excess benefit may be found to be provided indirectly through an entity controlled by an applicable tax- exempt organization only when the funds or other benefits at issue can clearly be traced to the parent organization. Addi- tionally, a request was received to specify that payment by a subsidiary of excessive compensation does not, by itself, justify the conclusion that the parent organiza- tion caused the subsidiary to engage in an excess benefit transaction. Other requests were made to clarify that services re- ceived by the applicable tax-exempt orga- nization may include services provided by the disqualified person to one or more other entities controlled by or affiliated with the organization. Commentators also suggested several clarifications to the phrase “controlled by or affiliated with” for purposes of deter- mining whether an indirect excess benefit transaction has occurred. One commenta- tor suggested that control or affiliation must exist at the time the benefit is autho- rized or approved, rather than when the benefit is received by the disqualified per- son. Others suggested that the definition of “controlled by or affiliated with” fol- low more closely the definition of control under the section 4941 self-dealing regu- lations or under section 512(b)(13) (in- cluding constructive ownership rules con- tained in section 318). Another commentator suggested defining the term affiliatedto mean that organizations share a majority of governing body members or principal officers. Other commentators requested that the final regulations state that approval of a benefit by a board inde- pendent of the applicable tax-exempt or- ganization would prevent finding that the organization indirectly provided an ex- cess benefit to a disqualified person. Commentators also requested that the final regulations include examples demonstrating that the mere existence of a relationship between two entities, includ- ing a control relationship, is insufficient to justify a conclusion that a benefit has been indirectly provided to a disqualified person unless a purposeful avoidance of February 20, 20016602001–8 I.R.B. section 4958 by conducting a transaction indirectly is shown. In response to these comments, the temporary regulations clarify that an ap- plicable tax-exempt organization may provide an economic benefit indirectly to a disqualified person either through a con- trolled entity or through an intermediary. In this regard, the temporary regulations parallel the section 4941 self-dealing reg- ulations, except that the temporary regu- lations generally adopt the section 512(b)(13) standard for control. (The section 512(b)(13) standard for control considers only the tax-exempt organiza- tion’s interest in the controlled entity, or the tax-exempt organization’s control of a nonstock corporation’s directors or trustees. In contrast, the section 4941 reg- ulations’ definition of control also consid- ers interests held individually by the di- rectors or trustees of the foundation). The temporary regulations provide that all consideration and benefits exchanged be- tween a disqualified person and an applic- able tax-exempt organization, and all enti- ties the organization controls, are taken into account to determine whether there has been an excess benefit transaction. The temporary regulations provide that an applicable tax-exempt organization provides an economic benefit indirectly through an intermediary when: 1) an ap- plicable tax-exempt organization provides an economic benefit to a third party (the intermediary); 2) the intermediary pro- vides economic benefits to a disqualified person of the applicable tax-exempt orga- nization; and 3) either (a) there is evi- dence of an oral or written agreement or understanding that the intermediary will transfer property to a disqualified person; or (b) the intermediary lacks a significant business purpose or exempt purpose of its own for engaging in such a transfer. The temporary regulations also include four new examples illustrating different fact patterns under which economic benefits are provided indirectly to a disqualified person through a controlled entity or through an intermediary. Initial Contract Exception The proposed regulations do not pro- vide any special rules for transactions conducted pursuant to the first contract that a previously unrelated person enters into with the applicable tax-exempt orga- nization. Several comments received dur- ing the regular comment period requested that a person having no prior relationship with an organization not be considered a disqualified person with respect to the first contractual arrangement with the or- ganization. After the close of the written comment period for the proposed regulations (No- vember 2, 1998), but before the public hearing (March 16 and 17, 1999), the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit issued its decision in United Cancer Council, Inc. v. Commis- sioner of Internal Revenue, 165 F.3d 1173 (7th Cir. 1999), rev’ing and remanding 109 T.C. 326 (1997). In this case, the Seventh Circuit reversed the Tax Court’s finding that a contract between a charity and a previously unrelated fundraising company resulted in private inurement in violation of the charity’s tax-exempt sta- tus. The Seventh Circuit remanded the case back to the Tax Court to address the question whether the fundraising contract resulted in private benefit in violation of section 501(c)(3). In United Cancer Council, the Seventh Circuit concluded that prohibited inure- ment under section 501(c)(3) cannot re- sult from a contractual relationship nego- tiated at arm’s length with a party having no prior relationship with the organiza- tion, regardless of the relative bargaining strength of the parties or resultant control over the tax-exempt organization created by the terms of the contract. The transac- tions at issue in United Cancer Council were conducted prior to the effective date of section 4958. Consequently, United Cancer Council involved interpretations of the general requirements for tax-ex- empt status under section 501(c)(3), and not questions of disqualified person sta- tus or the existence of an excess benefit transaction under section 4958. Never- theless, at the public hearing and in sup- plemental comments received after the hearing, commentators referenced the Seventh Circuit decision and requested that the proposed regulations be modified so that section 4958 excise taxes will not be imposed on the first transaction or con- tract between an applicable tax-exempt organization and a previously unrelated person. The temporary regulations address the issue raised by United Cancer Councilby providing that section 4958 does not apply to any fixed payment made to a per- son pursuant to an initial contract, regard- less of whether the payment would other- wise constitute an excess benefit transaction. For this purpose, an initial contract is defined as a binding written contract between an applicable tax-ex- empt organization and a person who was not a disqualified person immediately prior to entering into the contract. Afixed paymentmeans an amount of cash or other property specified in the contract, or determined by a fixed formula specified in the contract, which is paid or trans- ferred in exchange for the provision of specified services or property. A fixed formula may incorporate an amount that depends upon future specified events or contingencies (e.g., revenues generated by activities of the organization), pro- vided that no person exercises discretion when calculating the amount of a pay- ment or deciding whether to make a pay- ment. As suggested by some commenta- tors, however, the initial contract rule does not apply if the contract is materially modified or if a person fails to substan- tially perform his or her obligations under the contract. Thus, under the temporary regulations, to the extent that an applicable tax-ex- empt organization and a person who is not yet a disqualified person conduct negotia- tions and specify the amounts to be paid to the person (or specify an objective for- mula for paying that person), then these fixed payments are not subject to scrutiny under section 4958, even if paid after the person becomes a disqualified person. An initial contract may provide for both fixed and non-fixed (i.e., discretionary) pay- ments. In this case, the fixed payments are not subject to section 4958, while the non-fixed payments will be subject to scrutiny under section 4958 (taking into account all consideration exchanged be- tween the parties). In effect, the initial contract rule contained in the temporary regulations protects from section 4958 li- ability those payments made pursuant to fixed, objective terms specified in a con- tract entered into before the person was in a position to exercise substantial influ- ence, yet allows for scrutiny under section 2001–8 I.R.B.661February 20, 2001 4958 to the extent the contract allows for subsequent discretion to be exercised (which may be subject to influence by the disqualified person) when calculating the amount of a payment or deciding whether to make a payment. The temporary regu- lations include eleven examples to illus- trate the application of the initial contract rule. Certain Economic Benefits Disregarded for Purposes of Section 4958 For ease of administration, the pro- posed regulations list several economic benefits that are disregarded for purposes of section 4958. These disregarded items include reimbursements for reasonable expenses of attending meetings of the governing body (but not luxury or spousal travel); certain economic benefits pro- vided to a disqualified person solely as a member of, or volunteer for, the organiza- tion; and economic benefits provided to a disqualified person solely as a member of a charitable class. A number of comments recommended modifying these provi- sions. With respect to reimbursements for ex- penses of attending meetings of the gov- erning body (but not luxury travel or spousal travel), suggestions were made to clarify or delete these terms; to provide as an alternative that all travel expenses that are not lavish or extravagant within the meaning of section 162 may be disre- garded; to disregard spousal travel ex- penses in circumstances where the spousal attendance furthers the exempt purposes of the organization or meets the section 274 bona fide business purpose test; and to address the issue of travel ex- penses by generally disregarding working condition fringe benefits and de minimis fringe benefits described in sections 132(d) and (e). Other commentators re- quested that any benefits received by a disqualified person should be disregarded if incidental to the organization’s achieve- ment of its exempt purposes, such as when disqualified persons attend fundraising dinners or conferences on be- half of the organization. In response to these comments, the temporary regulations delete the separate provision that provides that reasonable expenses of attending meetings of the governing body may be disregarded. In place of this provision, the temporary reg- ulations substitute a more general rule providing that all fringe benefits excluded from income under section 132 (except for certain liability insurance premiums, payments or reimbursements, discussed below) are disregarded for section 4958 purposes. This change addresses com- ments received on the limitation in the proposed regulations with respect to lux- ury and spousal travel. By referring to fringe benefits excluded from income under section 132, the temporary regula- tions adopt existing standards under sec- tion 162 and section 274 (which are incor- porated into section 132) to determine whether payments or reimbursements of travel expenses of an employee – or any other expenses – should be disregarded for section 4958 purposes or, instead, treated as part of the disqualified person’s compensation. With respect to economic benefits pro- vided to a disqualified person solely as a member of, or volunteer for, the organiza- tion, the proposed regulations disregard such benefits for section 4958 purposes only if the organization provides the same benefits to members of the general public in exchange for a membership fee of $75 or less per year. Commentators suggested that this provision be expanded in the final regulations to apply to any benefit (without a dollar limitation) provided to a disqualified person solely by virtue of that person being a donor, volunteer, or mem- ber, provided that any member of the gen- eral public making a comparable contri- bution receives a similar benefit. Another commentator requested a similar modifi- cation, with the additional requirement that a significant number of non-disquali- fied persons (e.g., 10 or more) actually make a comparable payment to the orga- nization and are given the option of re- ceiving substantially the same benefit. The temporary regulations continue to disregard for section 4958 purposes eco- nomic benefits provided to a volunteer (who is also a disqualified person) if that benefit is provided by the organization to the general public in exchange for a mem- bership fee or contribution of $75 or less per year. In contrast, economic benefits provided to a disqualified person as a member of, or a donor to, an applicable tax-exempt organization are no longer limited by a specific dollar cap. The tem- porary regulations disregard economic benefits provided to a member of an orga- nization solely on account of the payment of a membership fee, or to a donor solely on account of a contribution deductible under section 170 if: 1) any non-disquali- fied person paying a membership fee or making a contribution above a specified amount to the organization is given the option of receiving substantially the same economic benefit; and 2) the disqualified person and a significant number of non- disqualified persons in fact make a pay- ment or contribution of at least the speci- fied amount. The temporary regulations clarify that section 162 standards apply in determin- ing reasonableness of compensation for section 4958 purposes, taking into ac- count all benefits provided to a person (other than benefits that are specifically disregarded for section 4958 purposes) and the rate at which any deferred com- pensation accrues. The temporary regula- tions also provide that the fact that a bonus or revenue-sharing arrangement is subject to a cap is a relevant factor in de- termining the reasonableness of compen- sation. Insurance or Indemnification of Excise Taxes The legislative history to section 4958 indicates that reimbursements of excise tax liability, or payment of premiums for liability insurance for excess benefit taxes, by an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization constitute an excess benefit un- less they are included in the disqualified person’s compensation during the year paid and the total compensation package for that person is reasonable. See H. REP. NO. 506, 104th Congress, 2d SESS. (1996), 53, 58. Following this legislative history, the proposed regulations specifi- cally provide that payment of a premium for insurance for section 4958 taxes or in- demnification of a disqualified person for these taxes is not an excess benefit trans- action if the premium or the indemnifica- tion is treated as compensation to the dis- qualified person when paid, and the total compensation paid to the person is rea- sonable. However, some commentators read the special rule in conjunction with another section of the proposed regula- February 20, 20016622001–8 I.R.B. tions - which listed “[t]he amount of pre- miums paid for liability or any other in- surance coverage, as well as any payment or reimbursement by the organization of charges, expenses, fees, or taxes not cov- ered ultimately by the insurance cover- age” as an item included in compensation for purposes of section 4958 - as poten- tially mandating that such insurance pre- mium or indemnification payments be treated as taxable income to the disquali- fied person in order to avoid being char- acterized as an excess benefit transaction. Several commentators requested that premiums for liability insurance be disre- garded entirely for section 4958 purposes, along with non-compensatory indemnifi- cation of members of the governing body and officers against liability in civil pro- ceedings (as described in the private foun- dation self-dealing regulations under sec- tion 4941), or that de minimiscosts (e.g., $200) associated with such insurance cov- erage be disregarded. Other commentators suggested that a portion of the premium payment be allo- cated to section 4958 tax coverage, and that only that portion be included in com- pensation of the disqualified person. Oth- ers requested that the portion of a pre- mium allocable to liability insurance coverage for an organization manager who is also a disqualified person to cover the person’s potential liability for the manager-level tax under section 4958(a)(2) be considered a working con- dition fringe under section 132(d). Others requested that benefits under indemnifica- tion plans be taken into account for sec- tion 4958 purposes only if and when paid. To clarify the treatment of insurance premiums and reimbursements of excise tax liability, the temporary regulations in- clude a special rule, which includes in a disqualified person’s compensation for section 4958 purposes the payment of lia- bility insurance premiums for, or the pay- ment or reimbursement by the organiza- tion of: 1) any penalty, tax, or expense of correction owed under section 4958; 2) any expense not reasonably incurred by the person in connection with a civil judi- cial or civil administrative proceeding arising out of the person’s performance of services on behalf of the applicable tax- exempt organization; and 3) any expense resulting from an act or failure to act with respect to which the person has acted willfully and without reasonable cause. This rule parallels the section 4941 regu- lations governing the treatment of direc- tors and officers liability insurance and indemnification. As under the section 4941 regulations, however, the temporary regulations provide that insurance premi- ums and reimbursements may be disre- garded if they qualify as de minimisfringe benefits excludable from income under section 132(a)(4). In addition, the temporary regulations clarify that the inclusion of an item in compensation for section 4958 purposes does not govern its income tax treatment. Thus, the mere fact that a premium or re- imbursement payment, or any other bene- fit, provided to a disqualified person must be taken into account in determining the reasonableness of that person’s total com- pensation package for section 4958 pur- poses is not determinative of whether or not that benefit is included in the disquali- fied person’s gross income for income tax purposes. Timing Rules for Determining Reasonableness Section 4958(c)(1) defines an excess benefit transaction as a transaction in which the value of an economic benefit provided to a disqualified person exceeds the value of the consideration received (including the performance of services), but the statutory provisions do not di- rectly address the issue of when to value the benefits and consideration exchanged. In this regard, the proposed regulations provide that whether compensation is rea- sonable is generally determined when the parties enter into the contract for services. The proposed regulations further provide, however, that “where reasonableness of compensation cannot be determined based on circumstances existing at the date when the contract for services was made, then that determination is made based on all facts and circumstances, up to and including circumstances as of the date of payment.” Many commentators objected to the uncertainty created by this additional sentence. To clarify the issue of the timing of the reasonableness determination, the tempo- rary regulations provide that reasonable- ness is determined with respect to any fixed payment (as defined for purposes of the initial contract rule discussed above) at the time the parties enter into the con- tract. However, the temporary regulations provide that the reasonableness of any amounts not fixed in the contract itself or paid pursuant to an objective formula is determined based on all facts and circum- stances, up to and including circum- stances as of the date of the payment at issue, because determining the amount of such a payment (or whether a payment is made) requires the exercise of discretion after the contract is entered into. Establishing Intent to Treat Economic Benefit as Consideration for the Performance of Services The second sentence of section 4958(c)(1)(A) defining excess benefit transactionstates that an economic bene- fit will not be treated as consideration for the performance of services unless the ap- plicable tax-exempt organization clearly indicated its intent to so treat the benefit. The proposed regulations generally re- quire the organization to provide clear and convincing evidence of its intent to treat the benefit as compensation for ser- vices when the benefit is paid. Under the proposed regulations, this requirement is satisfied if the organization reports the economic benefit on a federal tax infor- mation return filed before the commence- ment of an IRS examination in which the reporting of the benefit is questioned, or if the recipient disqualified person reports the benefit as income on the person’s Form 1040 for the year in which the bene- fit is received. In addition, an organiza- tion is deemed to satisfy the clear and convincing evidence requirement if the organization’s failure to report a payment is due to reasonable cause as defined in the section 6724 regulations. The pro- posed regulations also provide that an or- ganization may use other methods to pro- vide clear and convincing evidence of its intent. The preamble of the proposed reg- ulations explicitly solicited comments on appropriate ways of applying this rule that would not create an unnecessary burden on affected organizations. A number of comments were received with regard to establishing an organiza- tion’s intent to treat a benefit as compen- sation for services. Several commenta- 2001–8 I.R.B.663February 20, 2001 tors suggested that the clear and convinc- ing standard is higher than appropriate. Others requested that organizations not be required to demonstrate intent with re- spect to specific benefits, such as: reim- bursement arrangements that are clearly part of the employment arrangement; de minimisamounts (for example, taxable benefits of up to $500 per year provided to a disqualified person); and certain non- taxable benefits. Other commentators re- quested that final regulations clarify the appropriate method for substantiating an organization’s intent in the case of certain nontaxable benefits and transfers of prop- erty subject to section 83. Others re- quested guidance on how to report com- pensation paid to a disqualified person on Form 990 if that person is not an officer or director or one of the five highest paid employees. Some commentators sug- gested that the final regulations allow other methods to establish an intention to treat benefits as compensation, such as a written contract of employment. Com- mentators also suggested that an organi- zation’s reasonable belief that a benefit is nontaxable should constitute reasonable cause for failure to report, or that the rea- sonable cause standard be expanded to or- dinary business care and prudence. In response to these comments, the temporary regulations modify the require- ment that an organization provide clear and convincing evidence of its intent to treat benefits provided to a disqualified person as compensation for services. Consistent with the legislative history, the temporary regulations provide instead that an organization must provide “writ- ten substantiation that is contemporane- ous with the transfer of benefits at issue.” H. REP. NO. 506, 104th Congress, 2d SESS. (1996), 53, 57, note 8. The temporary regulations also provide a safe harbor for nontaxable benefits. Under this safe harbor, an applicable tax- exempt organization is not required to indi- cate its intent to provide an economic ben- efit as compensation for services if the economic benefit is excluded from the dis- qualified person’s gross income for income tax purposes under chapter 1 of the Inter- nal Revenue Code. Examples of such ben- efits include: employer-provided health benefits, contributions to a qualified pen- sion, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan under Internal Revenue Code section 401(a), and benefits described in sections 127 (educational assistance programs) and 137 (adoption assistance programs). The safe harbor is consistent with the legisla- tive history, which indicates that Congress intended to except nontaxable benefits from this contemporaneous substantiation requirement. H. REP. NO. 506, 104th Congress, 2d SESS. (1996), 53, 57, note 8. However, the benefits must still be taken into account (unless specifically disre- garded under the regulations) in determin- ing the reasonableness of the disqualified person’s compensation for purposes of sec- tion 4958. Consistent with the legislative history, the temporary regulations also clarify that, if a benefit is not reported on a return filed with the IRS, other written contem- poraneous evidence (such as an approved written employment contract executed on or before the date of the transfer) may be used to demonstrate that the appropriate decision-making body or an authorized officer approved a transfer as compensa- tion for services in accordance with estab- lished procedures. Transaction in Which the Amount of the Economic Benefit Is Determined in Whole or in Part by the Revenues of One or More Activities of the Organization Section 4958(c)(2) describes a second type of excess benefit transaction: “any transaction in which the amount of any economic benefit provided to or for the use of a disqualified person is determined in whole or in part by the revenues of 1 or more activities of the organization . . .”, if the transaction results in inurement under section 501(c)(3) or (4). However, a rev- enue-sharing transaction is treated as an excess benefit transaction under this spe- cial statutory rule only “[t]o the extent provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary . . . .” The proposed regulations provide that whether a revenue-sharing transaction re- sults in inurement, and therefore consti- tutes an excess benefit transaction, de- pends upon all relevant facts and circumstances. The proposed regulations provide that, in general, a revenue-sharing transaction may constitute an excess ben- efit transaction regardless of whether the economic benefit provided to the disqual- ified person exceeds the fair market value of services (or other consideration) ren- dered, if a disqualified person is permitted to receive additional compensation with- out providing proportional benefits that contribute to the organization’s accom- plishment of its exempt purpose. The proposed regulations consider an improper revenue-sharing transaction, in its entirety, to be an excess benefit subject to section 4958. Special rules governing revenue-sharing transactions, however, will be effective only for transactions oc- curring on or after the date of publication of final regulations containing such rules. Until special rules for revenue-sharing transactions are adopted in final regula- tions, these transactions are potentially subject to section 4958 liability under the general rules governing excess benefit transactions, but only to the extent that the value of the economic benefits pro- vided to the disqualified person is shown to exceed the value of the services (or other consideration) received in return. Numerous comments were received with respect to revenue-sharing transac- tions. Some commentators did not believe a different standard from that applied to all other transactions (fair market value) should apply, and that the value of consid- eration provided by a disqualified person in a revenue-sharing transaction should be taken into account in determining the ex- cess benefit in these transactions. Others objected to the revenue-sharing transaction standard of the proposed regulations, and requested that it be replaced by a standard based on approaches the IRS has taken in prior unpublished rulings. Some commen- tators requested guidance as to the mean- ing of proportional benefitsor other con- cepts incorporated in the proposed regulations standard. Others requested that existing contractual arrangements not be subject to this section of the final regula- tions, or that the effect of the final rules for existing arrangements be phased in. In ad- dition, several commentators requested that the final regulations clarify whether the rebuttable presumption of reasonable- ness is available for revenue-sharing trans- actions. In sum, commentators offered multiple, often conflicting, suggestions and recommendations to address the many is- sues raised with respect to revenue-sharing transactions. February 20, 20016642001–8 I.R.B. The temporary regulations reserve the separate section governing revenue-shar- ing transactions. Accordingly, the IRS and the Treasury Department will con- tinue to consider the many comments re- ceived on this issue. Any revised regula- tions that may, in the future, be issued governing revenue-sharing transactions in particular will be issued in proposed form. This will provide an additional op- portunity for public comment, and any special rules governing revenue-sharing transactions will become effective only after being published in final form. In the meantime, revenue sharing transactions will be evaluated under the general rules (contained in §53.4958–4T of the tempo- rary regulations) defining excess benefit transactions, which apply to all transac- tions with disqualified persons regardless of whether the person’s compensation is computed by reference to revenues of the organization. Rebuttable Presumption that a Transaction is not an Excess Benefit Transaction Although the statute is silent on this point, the legislative history accompany- ing section 4958 indicated Congress’s in- tent that the parties to a transaction are en- titled to rely on a rebuttable presumption of reasonableness with respect to any transaction with a disqualified person that is approved by a board of directors or trustees (or committee thereof) that: 1) is composed entirely of individuals unre- lated to and not subject to the control of the disqualified person(s) involved in the transaction; 2) obtained and relied upon appropriate data as to comparability; and 3) adequately documented the basis for its determination. If these three require- ments are satisfied, the IRS can impose section 4958 taxes only if it develops suf- ficient contrary evidence to rebut the pro- bative value of the evidence put forth by the parties to the transaction. H. REP. NO. 506, 104th Congress, 2d SESS. (1996), 53, 56–7. The proposed regulations incorporate this rebuttable presumption and provide guidance regarding the three requirements for invoking the rebuttable presumption. The proposed regulations provide that the presumption established by satisfying the three requirements may be rebutted by ad- ditional information showing that the compensation was not reasonable or that the transfer was not at fair market value. Additionally, the proposed regulations provide that, if the reasonableness of compensation cannot be determined based on circumstances existing at the date when a contract for services was made, then the presumption cannot arise until reasonableness of compensation can be determined and the three requirements subsequently are satisfied. Comments were received on various aspects of the rebuttable presumption of reasonableness. With regard to the re- quirement that the compensation arrange- ment or property transfer must be ap- proved by a governing body (or committee) composed entirely of individ- uals who do not have a conflict of interest with respect to the transaction, one com- mentator suggested that the final regula- tions adopt standards consistent with the model conflicts of interest policy pub- lished by the IRS. The IRS and the Trea- sury Department believe that the stan- dards contained in the proposed regulations for determining the absence of a conflict of interest are consistent with the legislative history of section 4958, which requires that the governing body (or committee) be composed entirely of individuals who are free of any conflict of interest, and not merely that its members disclose the existence of any conflict of interest. Accordingly, the temporary reg- ulations retain these standards. With regard to the requirement that the governing body (or a committee thereof) obtain appropriate data as to comparabil- ity, numerous commentators requested that the final regulations expand the ac- ceptable types of comparability data and authorize additional methods for deter- mining fair market value or reasonable compensation. For example, some com- mentators requested clarification that an organization need not obtain an indepen- dent, customized survey, but may rely on an independent salary survey prepared for general publication if that survey contains information specific enough to provide meaningful data for comparison purposes. Other commentators requested that the governing body (or committee) be permit- ted to rely on compensation surveys com- piled by staff members (other than dis- qualified persons) under the supervision of an independent director or committee member, rather than incurring the addi- tional cost of obtaining compensation sur- veys compiled by independent firms. Some commentators requested that the final regulations provide that comparabil- ity data is viable for some period of time (e.g., three years). The temporary regulations continue to require only that the authorized body have sufficient information to determine whether, consistent with the valuation standards in other sections of the regula- tions, the compensation arrangement is reasonable, or the property transfer is at fair market value. The temporary regula- tions clarify that a compensation arrange- ment in its entirety must be evaluated and also provide examples of relevant compa- rability data. In the case of a compensa- tion arrangement, the temporary regula- tions provide that relevant information may include a current compensation sur- vey compiled by an independent firm. As in the proposed regulations, this list of relevant comparability data is not exclu- sive, and the authorized body may rely on other appropriate data. For clarity, the temporary regulations list separately ex- amples of the types of relevant informa- tion for compensation arrangements and property transfers. The temporary regula- tions add competitive bids received from unrelated third parties as another example of relevant information in the case of a property transfer. In response to com- ments, the temporary regulations revise examples from the proposed regulations and add several examples illustrating ap- propriate comparability data. Comments were also received regard- ing the special rule for compensation paid by small organizations. The proposed regulations allow small organizations (those with annual gross receipts of less than $1 million) to satisfy the requirement of appropriate data as to comparability by obtaining data on compensation paid by five comparable organizations in the same or similar communities for similar ser- vices. Some commentators indicated that the $1 million threshold is too low, be- cause organizations having gross receipts above that amount may lack the resources to hire an independent compensation firm. These commentators requested that the ceiling for small organizations be in- creased from $1 million to $5 million in gross receipts. Others suggested allowing 2001–8 I.R.B.665February 20, 2001 small organizations to obtain data from fewer than five comparable organizations. The IRS and the Treasury Department believe the general rule regarding appro- priate comparability data is flexible enough to permit any organization (not just small organizations) to compile its own comparability data. Therefore, the IRS and the Treasury Department did not believe it was necessary to extend the spe- cial safe-harbor rule to organizations with annual gross receipts over $1 mil- lion. As requested by commentators, however, the temporary regulations re- duce the number of comparables small or- ganizations must obtain for that safe har- bor from five to three. Certain commentators requested that the final regulations provide a mechanism for an applicable tax-exempt organization to satisfy the requirements of the rebut- table presumption of reasonableness with respect to large groups of employees, such as mid-level managers, rather than requiring the governing body to approve the compensation paid to each individual. The IRS and the Treasury Department be- lieve that changes to the definition of dis- qualified personin the temporary regula- tions, including eliminating as a factor tending to show substantial influence the fact that a person has any managerial au- thority, or serves as a key advisor to a manager, reduce the potential burden on the governing body. Moreover, the tem- porary regulations continue to allow the governing body to delegate responsibility for approving compensation arrange- ments and property transfers, to the extent permitted under State law. Consistent with the legislative history, the temporary regulations continue to require that the re- buttable presumption requirements be sat- isfied on an individual basis. With respect to the requirement that the governing body (or committee) ade- quately document the basis for its deter- mination, comments were received re- questing that the final regulations allow additional time for records to be prepared. In response to these comments, the tem- porary regulations provide that the records must be prepared by the later of the next meeting of the authorized body or 60 days after final approval of the par- ticular arrangement or transfer. Although one commentator objected to the require- ment in the proposed regulations that the governing body (or committee) review and approve the records within a reason- able period of time thereafter, the tempo- rary regulations retain this requirement in order to ensure that the records are accu- rate and complete. Several commentators requested that the final regulations permit organizations to establish a rebuttable presumption of reasonableness with respect to deferred or contingent compensation arrangements when the contract for services is entered into if the terms of the arrangement are sufficiently certain (even if the exact dol- lar amounts are not known) and the gov- erning body (or committee) obtains ap- propriate data as to comparability. Other commentators simply requested that the final regulations indicate when the board should take the necessary steps to put the presumption in place in the event that rea- sonableness cannot be determined as of the date the contract is entered into. Con- sistent with the general rule contained in the temporary regulations regarding the timing of the reasonableness determina- tion, the temporary regulations provide that, with respect to fixed payments (in- cluding payments made pursuant to a fixed formula, although the exact dollar amount is not known at the time the con- tract is entered into), the rebuttable pre- sumption can arise at the time the parties enter into the contract giving rise to the payments. Under a special rule in the temporary regulations, payments pursuant to a qualified pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan under section 401(a) are treated as fixed payments for purposes of section 4958, even if the employer exer- cises discretion with respect to the plan or program. Therefore, a rebuttable pre- sumption can arise with respect to such payments at the time the parties enter into the contract for services. In contrast, the temporary regulations provide that the rebuttable presumption generally can arise with respect to a pay- ment that is not a fixed payment (as de- fined for purposes of the initial contract exception) only after discretion is exer- cised, the exact amount of the payment is determined (or a fixed formula for calcu- lating the payment is specified), and the three requirements for the presumption subsequently are satisfied. The temporary regulations contain a limited exception to this general rule for certain non-fixed payments which are subject to a cap. Under this exception, an applicable tax- exempt organization may establish the re- buttable presumption, even with respect to non-fixed payments, at the time the contract is entered into if: 1) prior to ap- proving the contract, the governing body (or committee) obtains appropriate com- parability data indicating that a fixed pay- ment of up to a certain amount to a partic- ular disqualified person would represent reasonable compensation; 2) the maxi- mum amount payable under the contract (including both fixed and non-fixed pay- ment amounts) does not exceed the rea- sonable compensation figure; and 3) the other requirements for establishing the re- buttable presumption are satisfied. How- ever, the general rules for the timing of the reasonableness determination apply, such that the IRS may rebut the presump- tion of reasonableness with respect to a non-fixed payment subject to a cap based on all facts and circumstances, up to and including circumstances as of the date of payment. Some commentators suggested that the final regulations provide specific stan- dards the IRS must meet in order to rebut any presumption established by satisfying the three requirements described above. For example, one commentator suggested that the IRS should be allowed to over- come the presumption only if it is able to produce clear and convincing evidence that the transaction was, in fact, an excess benefit transaction. Another commenta- tor suggested that the IRS should be re- quired to establish that one of the require- ments for invoking the presumption has not been met in order to rebut the pre- sumption. Consistent with the legislative history, the temporary regulations provide that, if the rebuttable presumption of rea- sonableness is established, the IRS may rebut the presumption only if it develops sufficient contrary evidence to rebut the probative value of the comparability data relied upon by the authorized body. Finally, some commentators requested clarification whether entities controlled by or affiliated with an applicable tax-ex- empt organization that provide economic benefits to a disqualified person can es- tablish the presumption, even if those en- tities are not themselves applicable tax- exempt organizations. Consistent with the rules relating to indirect excess benefit February 20, 20016662001–8 I.R.B. transactions, the temporary regulations clarify that an authorized body of an en- tity controlled by an applicable tax-ex- empt organization (as defined for pur- poses of describing indirect transfers of economic benefits) may establish the re- buttable presumption. Special Rules The proposed regulations provided sev- eral special rules, one of which stated that the procedures of section 7611 will be used in initiating and conducting any inquiry or examination into whether an excess benefit transaction has occurred between a church and a disqualified person. Several com- ments were received on this rule, including one stating that there is no statutory author- ity to extend section 7611 protection to churches for section 4958 tax inquiries. Other comments requested that final regu- lations specify when information from an informant alone is sufficient to form the basis for a reasonable belief on the part of the IRS for purposes of applying this rule, and clarify how section 4958 interacts with the section 7611 exception for records re- lated to the income tax of an individual em- ployed by the church. The temporary regu- lations do not modify the special rules for churches. Additional Issues Section 4958 does not contain provi- sions governing the relationship of the taxes imposed under that section to revo- cation of the organization’s tax-exempt status under sections 501(c)(3) and (4). With respect to this issue, the legislative history to section 4958 indicates as fol- lows: “In general, the intermediate sanc- tions are the sole sanction imposed in those cases in which the excess benefit does not rise to a level where it calls into question whether, on the whole, the orga- nization functions as a charitable or other tax-exempt organization. In practice, re- vocation of tax-exempt status, with or without the imposition of excise taxes, would occur only when the organization no longer operates as a charitable organi- zation.” H. REP. NO. 506, 104th Con- gress, 2d SESS. (1996), 53, 59, note 15. However, the same legislative history also indicates that “[t]he intermediate sanc- tions for ‘excess benefit transactions’ may be imposed by the IRS in lieu of (or in addition to) revocation of the organiza- tion’s tax-exempt status.” Id. at 59 (em- phasis added) In the Comments and Requests for a Public Hearing section of the preamble of the proposed regulations, the IRS and the Treasury Department specifically re- quested comments concerning the rela- tionship between revocation of tax-ex- empt status and imposition of section 4958 taxes. Additionally, the preamble of the proposed regulations lists four factors that the IRS will consider in determining whether to revoke an applicable tax-ex- empt organization’s status: 1) whether the organization has been involved in re- peated excess benefit transactions; 2) the size and scope of the excess benefit trans- action; 3) whether, after concluding that it has been party to an excess benefit trans- action, the organization has implemented safeguards to prevent future recurrences; and 4) whether there was compliance with other applicable laws. The preamble also states that the IRS intends to publish the factors that it will consider in exercising its administrative discretion in guidance issued in conjunction with the issuance of final regulations under section 4958. A number of commentators requested that the final regulations expressly pro- vide that section 4958 taxes are the princi- pal sanction with respect to excess benefit transactions, in lieu of revocation of the organization’s tax-exempt status. Other commentators suggested that the final regulations incorporate factors to be con- sidered by the IRS in deciding whether to impose section 4958 excise taxes or re- voke tax-exempt status, or both. The temporary regulations do not fore- close revocation of tax-exempt status in appropriate cases. The IRS and the Trea- sury Department believe that to do so would effectively change the substantive standard for tax-exempt status under sec- tions 501(c)(3) and (4). Accordingly, the IRS intends to exercise its administrative discretion in enforcing the requirements of sections 4958, 501(c)(3) and 501(c)(4) in accordance with the direction given in the legislative history. The IRS will pub- lish guidance concerning the factors that it will consider in exercising its discretion as it gains more experience administering the section 4958 regime. The temporary regulations reiterate that section 4958 does not affect the substan- tive standards for tax exemption under section 501(c)(3) or (4), including the re- quirements that the organization be orga- nized and operated exclusively for ex- empt purposes, and that no part of its earnings inure to the benefit of any pri- vate shareholder or individual. Thus, re- gardless of whether a particular transac- tion is subject to excise taxes under section 4958, existing principles and rules may be implicated, such as the limitation on private benefit. For example, transac- tions that are not subject to section 4958 because of the initial contract exception may, under certain circumstances, jeopar- dize an organizations’s tax-exempt status. Some comments regarding revenue- sharing transactions included requests to address gainsharing arrangements in the final regulations; or to provide that certain transactions are not revenue-sharing arrangements because they do not involve a payment that is contingent on the rev- enues of (but rather the cost savings to) the organization. As noted earlier, these temporary regulations reserve the sepa- rate section governing revenue-sharing transactions. However, because the Of- fice of Inspector General, Department of Health and Human Services, believes the methodology involved in calculating pay- ments under gainsharing arrangements may violate sections 1128A(b)(1) and (2) of the Social Security Act in situations where patient care may be affected by the cost savings, the IRS will not issue pri- vate letter rulings under section 4958 on these arrangements. The Office of In- spector General issued a Special Advisory Bulletin on July 8, 1999, addressing the application of sections 1128A(b)(1) and (2) of the Social Security Act to gainshar- ing arrangements, entitled “Gainsharing Arrangements and CMPs [Civil Money Penalties] for Hospital Payments to Physicians to Reduce or Limit Services to Beneficiaries”. Special Analyses It has been determined that this Trea- sury decision is not a significant regula- tory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assess- ment is not required. Because no preced- ing notice of proposed rulemaking is re- quired for this temporary regulation, the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act do not apply. Pursuant to section 2001–8 I.R.B.667February 20, 2001 7805(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, this temporary regulation will be submit- ted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on business. Drafting Information The principal author of these regula- tions is Phyllis D. Haney, Office of Divi- sion Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities). However, other personnel from the IRS and The Treasury Department partici- pated in their development. * * * * * Amendments to the Regulations Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 53, 301, and 602 are amended as follows: PART 53—FOUNDATION AND SIMILAR EXCISE TAXES Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 53 continues to read as follows: Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805. Par. 2. Sections 53.4958–0T through 53.4958–8T are added to read as follows: §53.4958–0T Table of contents (temporary). This section lists the major captions contained in §§53.4958–1T through 53.4958–8T. §53.4958–1T Taxes on excess benefit transactions (temporary). (a) In general. (b) Excess benefit defined. (c) Taxes paid by disqualified person. (1) Initial tax. (2) Additional tax on disqualified person. (i) In general. (ii) Taxable period. (iii) Abatement if correction during the correction period. (d) Tax paid by organization managers. (1) In general. (2) Organization manager defined. (i) In general. (ii) Special rule for certain committee members. (3) Participation. (4) Knowing. (i) In general. (ii) Amplification of general rule. (iii) Reliance on professional advice. (iv) Reliance on rebuttable presumption of reasonableness. (5) Willful. (6) Due to reasonable cause. (7) Limits on liability for management. (8) Joint and several liability. (9) Burden of proof. (e) Date of occurrence. (1) In general. (2) Special rules. (3) Statute of limitations rules. (f) Effective date for imposition of taxes. (1) In general. (2) Existing binding contracts. §53.4958–2T Definition of applicable tax-exempt organization (temporary). (a) Organizations described in section 501(c)(3) or (4) and exempt from tax under section 501(a). (1) In general. (2) Organizations described in section 501(c)(3). (3) Organizations described in section 501(c)(4) . (4) Effect of non-recognition or revoca- tion of exempt status. (b) Special rules. (1) Transition rule for lookback period. (2) Certain foreign organizations. §53.4958–3T Definition of disqualified person (temporary). (a) In general. (1) Scope of definition. (2) Transition rule for lookback period. (b) Statutory categories of disqualified persons. (1) Family members. (2) Thirty-five percent controlled entities. (i) In general. (ii) Combined voting power. (iii) Constructive ownership rules. (A) Stockholdings. (B) Profits or beneficial interest. (c) Persons having substantial influence. (1) Voting members of the governing body. (2) Presidents, chief executive officers, or chief operating officers. (3) Treasurers and chief financial offi- cers. (4) Persons with a material financial interest in a provider-sponsored organiza- tion. (d) Persons deemed not to have substan- tial influence. (1) Tax-exempt organizations described in section 501(c)(3). (2) Certain section 501(c)(4) organiza- tions. (3) Employees receiving economic bene- fits of less than a specified amount in a taxable year. (e) Facts and circumstances govern in all other cases. (1) In general. (2) Facts and circumstances tending to show substantial influence. (3) Facts and circumstances tending to show no substantial influence. (f) Affiliated organizations. (g) Examples. §53.4958–4T Excess benefit transaction (temporary). (a) Definition of excess benefit transac- tion. (1) In general. (2) Economic benefit provided indirectly. (i) In general. (ii) Through a controlled entity. (A) In general. (B) Definition of control. (1) In general. (2) Constructive ownership. (iii) Through an intermediary. (iv) Examples. (3) Exception for fixed payments made pursuant to an initial contract. (i) In general. (ii) Fixed payment. (A) In general. (B) Special rules. (iii) Initial contract. (iv) Substantial performance required. (v) Treatment as a new contract. (vi) Evaluation of non-fixed payments. (vii) Examples. (4) Certain economic benefits disregard- ed for purposes of section 4958. (i) Nontaxable fringe benefits. (ii) Certain economic benefits provided to a volunteer for the organization. (iii) Certain economic benefits provided to a member of, or donor to, the organi- zation. (iv) Economic benefits provided to a charitable beneficiary. (v) Certain economic benefits provided to a governmental unit. (b) Valuation standards. (1) In general. (i) Fair market value of property. February 20, 20016682001–8 I.R.B. (ii) Reasonable compensation. (A) In general. (B) Items included in determining the value of compensation for purposes of determining reasonableness under section 4958. (C) Inclusion in compensation for rea- sonableness determination does not gov- ern income tax treatment. (2) Timing of reasonableness determination. (i) In general. (ii) Treatment as a new contract. (iii) Examples. (c) Establishing intent to treat economic benefit as consideration for the perfor- mance of services. (1) In general. (2) Nontaxable benefits. (3) Contemporaneous substantiation. (i) Reporting of benefit. (ii) Other evidence of contemporaneous substantiation. (iii) Failure to report due to reasonable cause. (4) Examples. §53.4958–5T Transaction in which the amount of the economic benefit is determined in whole or in part by the revenues of one or more activities of the organization (temporary). [Reserved] §53.4958–6T Rebuttable presumption that a transaction is not an excess benefit transaction (temporary). (a) In general. (b) Rebutting the presumption. (c) Requirements for invoking rebuttable presumption. (1) Approval by an authorized body. (i) In general. (ii) Individuals not included on autho- rized body. (iii) Absence of conflict of interest. (2) Appropriate data as to comparability. (i) In general. (ii) Special rule for compensation paid by small organizations. (iii) Application of special rule for small organizations. (iv) Examples. (3) Documentation. (d) No presumption with respect to non- fixed payments until amounts are deter- mined. (1) In general. (2) Special rule for certain non-fixed payments subject to a cap. (e) No inference from absence of pre- sumption. (f) Period of reliance on rebuttable pre- sumption. §53.4958–7T Correction (temporary). (a) In general. (b) Form of correction. (1) Cash or cash equivalents. (2) Anti-abuse rule. (3) Special rule relating to nonqualified deferred compensation. (4) Return of specific property. (i) In general. (ii) Payment not equal to correction amount. (iii) Disqualified person may not partici- pate in decision. (c) Correction amount. (d) Correction where contract has been partially performed. (e) Correction in the case of an applica- ble tax-exempt organization that has ceased to exist, or is no longer tax- exempt. (1) In general. (2) Section 501(c)(3) organizations. (3) Section 501(c)(4) organizations. (f) Examples. §53.4958–8T Special rules (temporary). (a) Substantive requirements for exemp- tion still apply. (b) Interaction between section 4958 and section 7611 rules for church tax inquiries and examinations. (c) Three year duration of these tempo- rary regulations. §53.4958–1T Taxes on excess benefit transactions (temporary). (a) In general. Section 4958 imposes excise taxes on each excess benefit trans- action (as defined in section 4958(c) and §53.4958–4T) between an applicable tax- exempt organization (as defined in sec- tion 4958(e) and §53.4958–2T) and a dis- qualified person (as defined in section 4958(f)(1) and §53.4958–3T). A disquali- fied person who receives an excess bene- fit from an excess benefit transaction is li- able for payment of a section 4958(a)(1) excise tax equal to 25 percent of the ex- cess benefit. If an initial tax is imposed by section 4958(a)(1) on an excess benefit transaction and the transaction is not cor- rected (as defined in section 4958(f)(6) and §53.4958–7T) within the taxable pe- riod (as defined in section 4958(f)(5) and paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section), then any disqualified person who received an excess benefit from the excess benefit transaction on which the initial tax was imposed is liable for an additional tax of 200 percent of the excess benefit. An or- ganization manager (as defined in section 4958(f)(2) and paragraph (d) of this sec- tion) who participates in an excess benefit transaction, knowing that it was such a transaction, is liable for payment of a sec- tion 4958(a)(2) excise tax equal to 10 per- cent of the excess benefit, unless the par- ticipation was not willful and was due to reasonable cause. If an organization man- ager also receives an excess benefit from an excess benefit transaction, the manager may be liable for both taxes imposed by section 4958(a). (b) Excess benefit defined. An excess benefit is the amount by which the value of the economic benefit provided by an applicable tax-exempt organization di- rectly or indirectly to or for the use of any disqualified person exceeds the value of the consideration (including the perfor- mance of services) received for providing such benefit. (c) Taxes paid by disqualified person— (1) Initial tax. Section 4958(a)(1) im- poses a tax equal to 25 percent of the ex- cess benefit on each excess benefit transaction. The section 4958(a)(1) tax shall be paid by any disqualified person who received an excess benefit from that excess benefit transaction. With respect to any excess benefit transaction, if more than one disqualified person is liable for the tax imposed by section 4958(a)(1), all such persons are jointly and severally li- able for that tax. (2) Additional tax on disqualified per- son—(i) In general. Section 4958(b) im- poses a tax equal to 200 percent of the ex- cess benefit in any case in which section 4958(a)(1) imposes a 25-percent tax on an excess benefit transaction and the transac- tion is not corrected (as defined in section 4958(f)(6) and §53.4958–7T) within the taxable period (as defined in section 4958(f)(5) and paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section). If a disqualified person makes a payment of less than the full correction amount under the rules of §53.4958–7T, the 200-percent tax is imposed only on the unpaid portion of the correction 2001–8 I.R.B.669February 20, 2001 amount (as described in §53.4958–7T(c)). The tax imposed by section 4958(b) is payable by any disqualified person who received an excess benefit from the ex- cess benefit transaction on which the ini- tial tax was imposed by section 4958(a)(1). With respect to any excess benefit transaction, if more than one dis- qualified person is liable for the tax im- posed by section 4958(b), all such per- sons are jointly and severally liable for that tax. (ii) Taxable period. Taxable period means, with respect to any excess benefit transaction, the period beginning with the date on which the transaction occurs and ending on the earlier of— (A) The date of mailing a notice of de- ficiency under section 6212 with respect to the section 4958(a)(1) tax; or (B) The date on which the tax imposed by section 4958(a)(1) is assessed. (iii) Abatement if correction during the correction period. For rules relating to abatement of taxes on excess benefit transactions that are corrected within the correction period, as defined in section 4963(e), see sections 4961(a), 4962(a), and the regulations thereunder. The abatement rules of section 4961 specifi- cally provide for a 90-day correction pe- riod after the date of mailing a notice of deficiency under section 6212 with re- spect to the section 4958(b) 200-percent tax. If the excess benefit is corrected dur- ing that correction period, the 200-percent tax imposed shall not be assessed, and if assessed the assessment shall be abated, and if collected shall be credited or re- funded as an overpayment. For special rules relating to abatement of the 25-per- cent tax, see section 4962. (d) Tax paid by organization managers—(1) In general. In any case in which section 4958(a)(1) imposes a tax, section 4958(a)(2) imposes a tax equal to 10 percent of the excess benefit on the participation of any organization manager who knowingly participated in the excess benefit transaction, unless such participa- tion was not willful and was due to rea- sonable cause. Any organization manager who so participated in the excess benefit transaction must pay the tax. (2) Organization manager defined—(i) In general. An organization manager is, with respect to any applicable tax-exempt organization, any officer, director, or trustee of such organization, or any indi- vidual having powers or responsibilities similar to those of officers, directors, or trustees of the organization, regardless of title. A person is an officer of an organi- zation if that person— (A) Is specifically so designated under the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, or other constitutive documents of the or- ganization; or (B) Regularly exercises general author- ity to make administrative or policy deci- sions on behalf of the organization. An independent contractor who acts solely in a capacity as an attorney, accountant, or investment manager or advisor, is not an officer. For purposes of this paragraph (d)(2)(i)(B), any person who has authority merely to recommend particular adminis- trative or policy decisions, but not to im- plement them without approval of a supe- rior, is not an officer. (ii) Special rule for certain committee members. An individual who is not an of- ficer, director, or trustee, yet serves on a committee of the governing body of an applicable tax-exempt organization (or as a designee of the governing body de- scribed in §53.4958–6T(c)(1)) that is at- tempting to invoke the rebuttable pre- sumption of reasonableness described in §53.4958–6T based on the committee’s (or designee’s) actions, is an organization manager for purposes of the tax imposed by section 4958(a)(2). (3) Participation. For purposes of sec- tion 4958(a)(2) and paragraph (d) of this section, participation includes silence or inaction on the part of an organization manager where the manager is under a duty to speak or act, as well as any affir- mative action by such manager. An orga- nization manager is not considered to have participated in an excess benefit transaction, however, where the manager has opposed the transaction in a manner consistent with the fulfillment of the man- ager’s responsibilities to the applicable tax-exempt organization. (4) Knowing—(i) In general. For pur- poses of section 4958(a)(2) and paragraph (d) of this section, a manager participates in a transaction knowingly only if the per- son— (A) Has actual knowledge of sufficient facts so that, based solely upon those facts, such transaction would be an excess benefit transaction; (B) Is aware that such a transaction under these circumstances may violate the provisions of federal tax law governing excess benefit transactions; and (C) Negligently fails to make reason- able attempts to ascertain whether the transaction is an excess benefit transac- tion, or the manager is in fact aware that it is such a transaction. (ii) Amplification of general rule. Knowingdoes not mean having reason to know. However, evidence tending to show that a manager has reason to know of a particular fact or particular rule is rel- evant in determining whether the manager had actual knowledge of such a fact or rule. Thus, for example, evidence tending to show that a manager has reason to know of sufficient facts so that, based solely upon such facts, a transaction would be an excess benefit transaction is relevant in determining whether the man- ager has actual knowledge of such facts. (iii) Reliance on professional advice. An organization manager’s participation in a transaction is ordinarily not consid- ered knowing within the meaning of sec- tion 4958(a)(2), even though the transac- tion is subsequently held to be an excess benefit transaction to the extent that, after full disclosure of the factual situation to an appropriate professional, the organiza- tion manager relies on a reasoned written opinion of that professional with respect to elements of the transaction within the professional’s expertise. For purposes of section 4958(a)(2) and this paragraph (d), a written opinion is reasoned even though it reaches a conclusion that is subse- quently determined to be incorrect so long as the opinion addresses itself to the facts and the applicable standards. However, a written opinion is not reasoned if it does nothing more than recite the facts and ex- press a conclusion. The absence of a written opinion of an appropriate profes- sional with respect to a transaction shall not, by itself, however, give rise to any in- ference that an organization manager par- ticipated in the transaction knowingly. For purposes of this paragraph, appropri- ate professionals on whose written opin- ion an organization manager may rely, are limited to— (A) Legal counsel, including in-house counsel; (B) Certified public accountants or ac- counting firms with expertise regarding February 20, 20016702001–8 I.R.B. the relevant tax law matters; and (C) Independent valuation experts who— (1) Hold themselves out to the public as appraisers or compensation consultants; (2) Perform the relevant valuations on a regular basis; (3) Are qualified to make valuations of the type of property or services involved; and (4) Include in the written opinion a cer- tification that the requirements of para- graphs (d)(4)(iii)(C)(1) through (3) of this section are met. (iv) Reliance on rebuttable presump- tion of reasonableness. An organization manager’s participation in a transaction is ordinarily not considered knowing within the meaning of section 4958(a)(2), even though the transaction is subsequently held to be an excess benefit transaction, if the organization manager relies on the fact that the requirements of §53.4958–6T(a) are satisfied with respect to the transaction. (5) Willful. For purposes of section 4958(a)(2) and this paragraph (d), partici- pation by an organization manager is will- ful if it is voluntary, conscious, and inten- tional. No motive to avoid the restrictions of the law or the incurrence of any tax is necessary to make the participation will- ful. However, participation by an organi- zation manager is not willful if the man- ager does not know that the transaction in which the manager is participating is an excess benefit transaction. (6) Due to reasonable cause. An orga- nization manager’s participation is due to reasonable cause if the manager has exer- cised responsibility on behalf of the orga- nization with ordinary business care and prudence. (7) Limits on liability for management. The maximum aggregate amount of tax collectible under section 4958(a)(2) and this paragraph (d) from organization man- agers with respect to any one excess bene- fit transaction is $10,000. (8) Joint and several liability. In any case where more than one person is liable for a tax imposed by section 4958(a)(2), all such persons shall be jointly and sever- ally liable for the taxes imposed under section 4958(a)(2) with respect to that ex- cess benefit transaction. (9) Burden of proof. For provisions relat- ing to the burden of proof in cases involving the issue of whether an organization man- ager has knowingly participated in an ex- cess benefit transaction, see section 7454(b) and §301.7454–2. In these cases, the Com- missioner bears the burden of proof. (e) Date of occurrence—(1) In general. Except as otherwise provided, an excess benefit transaction occurs on the date on which the disqualified person receives the economic benefit for Federal income tax purposes. When a single contractual arrangement provides for a series of com- pensation or other payments to (or for the use of) a disqualified person over the course of the disqualified person’s taxable year (or part of a taxable year), any excess benefit transaction with respect to these aggregate payments is deemed to occur on the last day of the taxable year (or if the payments continue for part of the year, the date of the last payment in the series). (2) Special rules. In the case of bene- fits provided pursuant to a qualified pen- sion, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan, the transaction occurs on the date the benefit is vested. In the case of a transfer of property that is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or in the case of rights to future compensation or property (includ- ing benefits under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan), the transaction oc- curs on the date the property, or the rights to future compensation or property, is not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. However, where the disqualified person elects to include an amount in gross in- come in the taxable year of transfer pur- suant to section 83(b), the general rule of paragraph (e)(1) of this section applies to the property with respect to which the section 83(b) election is made. Any ex- cess benefit transaction with respect to benefits under a deferred compensation plan which vest during any taxable year of the disqualified person is deemed to occur on the last day of such taxable year. For the rules governing the timing of the reasonableness determination for de- ferred, contingent, and certain other non- cash compensation, see §53.4958–4T(b)(2). (3) Statute of limitations rules. See sections 6501(e)(3) and 6501(l) and the regulations thereunder for statute of limi- tations rules as they apply to section 4958 excise taxes. (f) Effective date for imposition of taxes—(1) In general. The section 4958 taxes imposed on excess benefit transac- tions or on participation in excess benefit transactions apply to transactions occur- ring on or after September 14, 1995. (2) Existing binding contracts. The sec- tion 4958 taxes do not apply to any transac- tion occurring pursuant to a written contract that was binding on September 13, 1995, and at all times thereafter before the trans- action occurs. A written binding contract that is terminable or subject to cancellation by the applicable tax-exempt organization without the disqualified person’s consent (including as the result of a breach of con- tract by the disqualified person) and with- out substantial penalty to the organization, is no longer treated as a binding contract as of the earliest date that any such termina- tion or cancellation, if made, would be ef- fective. If a binding written contract is ma- terially changed, it is treated as a new contract entered into as of the date the ma- terial change is effective. A material change includes an extension or renewal of the contract (other than an extension or re- newal that results from the person contract- ing with the applicable tax-exempt organi- zation unilaterally exercising an option expressly granted by the contract), or a more than incidental change to any pay- ment under the contract. §53.4958–2T Definition of applicable tax-exempt organization (temporary). (a) Organizations described in section 501(c)(3) or (4) and exempt from tax under section 501(a)—(1) In general. An applicable tax-exempt organization is any organization that, without regard to any excess benefit, would be described in sec- tion 501(c)(3) or (4) and exempt from tax under section 501(a). An applicable tax- exempt organization also includes any or- ganization that was described in section 501(c)(3) or (4) and was exempt from tax under section 501(a) at any time during a five-year period ending on the date of an excess benefit transaction (the lookback period). A private foundation as defined in section 509(a) is not an applicable tax- exempt organization for section 4958 pur- poses. A governmental entity that is ex- empt from (or not subject to) taxation without regard to section 501(a) is not an applicable tax-exempt organization for section 4958 purposes. (2) Organizations described in section 501(c)(3). An organization is described in 2001–8 I.R.B.671February 20, 2001 section 501(c)(3) for purposes of section 4958 only if the organization provides the notice described in section 508, unless the organization otherwise is described in section 501(c)(3) and specifically is ex- cluded from the requirements of section 508 by that section. (3) Organizations described in section 501(c)(4) . An organization is described in section 501(c)(4) for purposes of sec- tion 4958 if the organization— (i) Has applied for and received recog- nition from the Internal Revenue Service as an organization described in section 501(c)(4); or (ii) Has filed an application for recog- nition under section 501(c)(4) with the In- ternal Revenue Service, has filed an an- nual information return as a section 501(c)(4) organization under the Internal Revenue Code or regulations promul- gated thereunder, or has otherwise held it- self out as being described in section 501(c)(4) and exempt from tax under sec- tion 501(a). (4) Effect of non-recognition or revoca- tion of exempt status. An organization is not described in paragraph (a)(2) or (3) of this section during any period covered by a final determination or adjudication that the organization is not exempt from tax under section 501(a) as an organization described in section 501(c)(3) or (4), so long as that determination or adjudication is not based upon participation in inure- ment or one or more excess benefit trans- actions. However, the organization may be an applicable tax-exempt organization for that period as a result of the five-year lookback rule described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (b) Special rules—(1) Transition rule for lookback period. In the case of any excess benefit transaction occurring be- fore September 14, 2000, the lookback period described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section begins on September 14, 1995, and ends on the date of the transac- tion. (2) Certain foreign organizations. A foreign organization, recognized by the Internal Revenue Service or by treaty, that receives substantially all of its support (other than gross investment income) from sources outside of the United States is not an organization described in section 501(c)(3) or (4) for purposes of section 4958. §53.4958–3T Definition of disqualified person (temporary). (a) In general—(1) Scope of definition. Section 4958(f)(1) defines disqualified person, with respect to any transaction, as any person who was in a position to exer- cise substantial influence over the affairs of an applicable tax-exempt organization at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of the transaction (the lookback period). Paragraph (b) of this section describes persons who are defined to be disqualified persons under the statute, including certain family members of an individual in a position to exercise substantial influence, and certain 35-per- cent controlled entities. Paragraph (c) of this section describes persons in a posi- tion to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of an applicable tax-exempt or- ganization by virtue of their powers and responsibilities or certain interests they hold. Paragraph (d) of this section de- scribes persons deemed not to be in a po- sition to exercise substantial influence. Whether any person who is not described in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this section is a disqualified person with respect to a transaction for purposes of section 4958 is based on all relevant facts and circum- stances, as described in paragraph (e) of this section. Paragraph (f) of this section describes special rules for affiliated orga- nizations. Examples in paragraph (g) of this section illustrate these categories of persons. (2) Transition rule for lookback period. In the case of any excess benefit transac- tion occurring before September 14, 2000, the lookback period described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section begins on September 14, 1995, and ends on the date of the transaction. (b) Statutory categories of disqualified persons—(1) Family members. A person is a disqualified person with respect to any transaction with an applicable tax-ex- empt organization if the person is a mem- ber of the family of a person who is a dis- qualified person described in paragraph (a) of this section (other than as a result of this paragraph) with respect to any trans- action with the same organization. For purposes of the following sentence, a legally adopted child of an individual is treated as a child of such individual by blood. A person’s family is limited to— (i) Spouse; (ii) Brothers or sisters (by whole or half blood); (iii) Spouses of brothers or sisters (by whole or half blood); (iv) Ancestors; (v) Children; (vi) Grandchildren; (vii) Great grandchildren; and (viii) Spouses of children, grandchil- dren, and great grandchildren. (2) Thirty-five percent controlled enti- ties—(i) In general. A person is a dis- qualified person with respect to any trans- action with an applicable tax-exempt organization if the person is a 35-percent controlled entity. A 35-percent controlled entity is— (A) A corporation in which persons de- scribed in this section (except in para- graphs (b)(2) and (d) of this section) own more than 35 percent of the combined voting power; (B) A partnership in which persons de- scribed in this section (except in para- graphs (b)(2) and (d) of this section) own more than 35 percent of the profits inter- est; or (C) A trust or estate in which persons described in this section (except in para- graphs (b)(2) and (d) of this section) own more than 35 percent of the beneficial in- terest. (ii) Combined voting power. For pur- poses of this paragraph (b)(2), combined voting power includes voting power rep- resented by holdings of voting stock, di- rect or indirect, but does not include vot- ing rights held only as a director, trustee, or other fiduciary. (iii) Constructive ownership rules— (A) Stockholdings. For purposes of sec- tion 4958(f)(3) and this paragraph (b)(2), indirect stockholdings are taken into ac- count as under section 267(c), except that in applying section 267(c)(4), the family of an individual shall include the mem- bers of the family specified in section 4958(f)(4) and paragraph (b)(1) of this section. (B) Profits or beneficial interest. For purposes of section 4958(f)(3) and this paragraph (b)(2), the ownership of profits or beneficial interests shall be determined in accordance with the rules for construc- tive ownership of stock provided in sec- tion 267(c) (other than section 267(c)(3)), except that in applying section 267(c)(4), February 20, 20016722001–8 I.R.B. the family of an individual shall include the members of the family specified in section 4958(f)(4) and paragraph (b)(1) of this section. (c) Persons having substantial influ- ence. A person who holds any of the fol- lowing powers, responsibilities, or inter- ests is in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of an applicable tax-exempt organization: (1) Voting members of the governing body. This category includes any individ- ual serving on the governing body of the organization who is entitled to vote on any matter over which the governing body has authority. (2) Presidents, chief executive officers, or chief operating officers. This category includes any person who, regardless of title, has ultimate responsibility for imple- menting the decisions of the governing body or for supervising the management, administration, or operation of the organi- zation. A person who serves as president, chief executive officer, or chief operating officer has this ultimate responsibility un- less the person demonstrates otherwise. If this ultimate responsibility resides with two or more individuals (e.g., co-presi- dents), who may exercise such responsi- bility in concert or individually, then each individual is in a position to exercise sub- stantial influence over the affairs of the organization. (3) Treasurers and chief financial offi- cers. This category includes any person who, regardless of title, has ultimate re- sponsibility for managing the finances of the organization. A person who serves as treasurer or chief financial officer has this ultimate responsibility unless the person demonstrates otherwise. If this ultimate responsibility resides with two or more individuals who may exercise the respon- sibility in concert or individually, then each individual is in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of the organization. (4) Persons with a material financial in- terest in a provider-sponsored organiza- tion. For purposes of section 4958, if a hospital that participates in a provider- sponsored organization (as defined in sec- tion 1855(e) of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. 1395w-25) is an applicable tax-ex- empt organization, then any person with a material financial interest (within the meaning of section 501(o)) in the provider- sponsored organization has substantial in- fluence with respect to the hospital. (d) Persons deemed not to have sub- stantial influence. A person is deemed not to be in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of an applicable tax-exempt organization if that person is described in one of the following cate- gories: (1) Tax-exempt organizations described in section 501(c)(3). This category in- cludes any organization described in sec- tion 501(c)(3) and exempt from tax under section 501(a). (2) Certain section 501(c)(4) organiza- tions. Only with respect to an applicable tax-exempt organization described in sec- tion 501(c)(4) and §53.4958–2T(a)(3), this category includes any other organiza- tion so described. (3) Employees receiving economic ben- efits of less than a specified amount in a taxable year. This category includes, for the taxable year in which benefits are pro- vided, any full- or part-time employee of the applicable tax-exempt organization who— (i) Receives economic benefits, di- rectly or indirectly from the organization, of less than the amount referenced for a highly compensated employee in section 414(q)(1)(B)(i); (ii) Is not described in §53.4958–3T(b) or (c) with respect to the organization; and (iii) Is not a substantial contributor to the organization within the meaning of section 507(d)(2)(A), taking into account only contributions received by the organi- zation during its current taxable year and the four preceding taxable years. (e) Facts and circumstances govern in all other cases—(1) In general. Whether a person who is not described in para- graph (b), (c) or (d) of this section is a dis- qualified person depends upon all rele- vant facts and circumstances. (2) Facts and circumstances tending to show substantial influence. Facts and cir- cumstances tending to show that a person has substantial influence over the affairs of an organization include, but are not limited to, the following— (i) The person founded the organiza- tion; (ii) The person is a substantial contrib- utor to the organization (within the mean- ing of section 507(d)(2)(A)), taking into account only contributions received by the organization during its current taxable year and the four preceding taxable years; (iii) The person’s compensation is pri- marily based on revenues derived from activities of the organization that the per- son controls; (iv) The person has or shares authority to control or determine a substantial por- tion of the organization’s capital expendi- tures, operating budget, or compensation for employees; (v) The person manages a discrete seg- ment or activity of the organization that represents a substantial portion of the ac- tivities, assets, income, or expenses of the organization, as compared to the organi- zation as a whole; (vi) The person owns a controlling in- terest (measured by either vote or value) in a corporation, partnership, or trust that is a disqualified person; or (vii) The person is a non-stock organi- zation controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more disqualified persons. (3) Facts and circumstances tending to show no substantial influence. Facts and circumstances tending to show that a per- son does not have substantial influence over the affairs of an organization in- clude, but are not limited to, the follow- ing— (i) The person has taken a bona fide vow of poverty as an employee, agent, or on behalf, of a religious organization; (ii) The person is an independent con- tractor (such as an attorney, accountant, or investment manager or advisor) whose sole relationship to the organization is providing professional advice (without having decision-making authority) with respect to transactions from which the in- dependent contractor will not economi- cally benefit either directly or indirectly (aside from customary fees received for the professional advice rendered); (iii) The direct supervisor of the indi- vidual is not a disqualified person; (iv) The person does not participate in any management decisions affecting the organization as a whole or a discrete seg- ment or activity of the organization that represents a substantial portion of the ac- tivities, assets, income, or expenses of the organization, as compared to the organi- zation as a whole; or (v) Any preferential treatment a person receives based on the size of that person’s 2001–8 I.R.B.673February 20, 2001 donation is also offered to all other donors making a comparable contribution as part of a solicitation intended to attract a sub- stantial number of contributions. (f) Affiliated organizations. In the case of multiple organizations affiliated by common control or governing documents, the determination of whether a person does or does not have substantial influ- ence shall be made separately for each ap- plicable tax-exempt organization. A per- son may be a disqualified person with respect to transactions with more than one applicable tax-exempt organization. (g) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of this section. Finding a person to be a disqualified per- son in the following examples does not indicate that an excess benefit transaction has occurred. If a person is a disqualified person, the rules of section 4958(c) and §53.4958–4T apply to determine whether an excess benefit transaction has oc- curred. The examples are as follows: Example 1. N, an artist by profession, works part-time at R, a local museum. In the first taxable year in which R employs N, R pays N a salary and provides no additional benefits to N except for free admission to the museum, a benefit R provides to all of its employees and volunteers. The total econom- ic benefits N receives from R during the taxable year are less than the amount referenced for a highly compensated employee in section 414(q)(1)(B)(i). The part-time job constitutes N’s only relationship with R. N is not related to any other disqualified person with respect to R. N is deemed not to be in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of R. Therefore, N is not a disqualified per- son with respect to R in that year. Example 2. The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that in addition to the salary that R pays N for N’s services during the taxable year, R also pur- chases one of N’s paintings for $x. The total of N’s salary plus $xexceeds the amount referenced for highly compensated employees in section 414(q)(1)(B)(i). Consequently, whether N is in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of R for that taxable year depends upon all of the relevant facts and circumstances. Example 3: Q is a member of K, a section 501(c)(3) organization with a broad-based public membership. Members of K are entitled to vote only with respect to the annual election of directors and the approval of major organizational transactions such as a merger or dissolution. Q is not related to any other disqualified person of K. Q has no other relationship to K besides being a member of K and occasionally making modest donations to K. Whether Q is a disqualified person is determined by all relevant facts and circumstances. Q’s voting rights, which are the same as granted to all members of K, do not place Q in a position to exercise sub- stantial influence over K. Under these facts and cir- cumstances, Q is not a disqualified person with respect K. Example 4. E is the headmaster of Z, a school that is an applicable tax-exempt organization for purposes of section 4958. E reports to Z’s board of trustees and has ultimate responsibility for supervis- ing Z’s day-to-day operations. For example, E can hire faculty members and staff, make changes to the school’s curriculum and discipline students without specific board approval. Because E has ultimate responsibility for supervising the operation of Z, E is in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of Z. Therefore, E is a disqualified person with respect to Z. Example 5. Y is an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization for purposes of section 4958 that decides to use bingo games as a method of generating revenue. Y enters into a contract with B, a company that oper- ates bingo games. Under the contract, B manages the promotion and operation of the bingo activity, provides all necessary staff, equipment, and services, and pays Yqpercent of the revenue from this activ- ity. B retains the balance of the proceeds. Y pro- vides no goods or services in connection with the bingo operation other than the use of its hall for the bingo games. The annual gross revenue earned from the bingo games represents more than half of Y’s total annual revenue. B’s compensation is primarily based on revenues from an activity B controls. B also manages a discrete activity of Y that represents a substantial portion of Y’s income compared to the organization as a whole. Under these facts and cir- cumstances, B is in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of Y. Therefore, B is a dis- qualified person with respect to Y. Example 6. The facts are the same as in Example 5, with the additional fact that P owns a majority of the stock of B and is actively involved in managing B. Because P owns a controlling interest (measured by either vote or value) in and actively manages B, P is also in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of Y. Therefore, under these facts and circumstances, P is a disqualified person with respect to Y. Example 7. A, an applicable tax-exempt organi- zation for purposes of section 4958, owns and oper- ates one acute care hospital. B, a for-profit corpora- tion, owns and operates a number of hospitals. A and B form C, a limited liability company. In exchange for proportional ownership interests, A contributes its hospital, and B contributes other assets, to C. All of A’s assets then consist of its membership interest in C. A continues to be operat- ed for exempt purposes based almost exclusively on the activities it conducts through C. C enters into a management agreement with a management compa- ny, M, to provide day to day management services to C. M is generally subject to supervision by C’s board, but M is given broad discretion to manage C’s day to day operation. Under these facts and circum- stances, M is in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of A because it has day to day control over the hospital operated by C, A’s own- ership interest in C is its primary asset, and C’s activ- ities form the basis for A’s continued exemption as an organization described in section 501(c)(3). Therefore, M is a disqualified person with respect to A. Example 8. T is a large university and an applic- able tax-exempt organization for purposes of section 4958. L is the dean of the College of Law of T, a substantial source of revenue for T, including contri- butions from alumni and foundations. L is not relat- ed to any other disqualified person of T. L does not serve on T’s governing body or have ultimate responsibility for managing the university as whole. However, as dean of the College of Law, L plays a key role in faculty hiring and determines a substan- tial portion of the capital expenditures and operating budget of the College of Law. L’s compensation is greater than the amount referenced for a highly com- pensated employee in section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) in the year benefits are provided. L’s management of a discrete segment of T that represents a substantial portion of the income of T (as compared to T as a whole) places L in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of T. Under these facts and circumstances L is a disqualified person with respect to T. Example 9. S chairs a small academic depart- ment in the College of Arts and Sciences of the same university T described in Example 8. S is not relat- ed to any other disqualified person of T. S does not serve on T’s governing body or as an officer of T. As department chair, S supervises faculty in the depart- ment, approves the course curriculum, and oversees the operating budget for the department. S’s com- pensation is greater than the amount referenced for a highly compensated employee in section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) in the year benefits are provided. Even though S manages the department, that depart- ment does not represent a substantial portion of T’s activities, assets, income, expenses, or operating budget. Therefore, S does not participate in any management decisions affecting either T as a whole, or a discrete segment or activity of T that represents a substantial portion of its activities, assets, income, or expenses. Under these facts and circumstances, S does not have substantial influence over the affairs of T, and therefore S is not a disqualified person with respect to T. Example 10. U is a large acute-care hospital that is an applicable tax-exempt organization for purpos- es of section 4958. U employs X as a radiologist. X gives instructions to staff with respect to the radiol- ogy work X conducts, but X does not supervise other U employees or manage any substantial part of U’s operations. X’s compensation is primarily in the form of a fixed salary. In addition, X is eligible to receive an incentive award based on revenues of the radiology department. X’s compensation is greater than the amount referenced for a highly compensat- ed employee in section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) in the year benefits are provided. X is not related to any other disqualified person of U. X does not serve on U’s governing body or as an officer of U. Although U participates in a provider-sponsored organization (as defined in section 1855(e) of the Social Security Act), X does not have a material financial interest in that organization. X does not receive compensation primarily based on revenues derived from activities of U that X controls. X does not participate in any management decisions affecting either U as a whole or a discrete segment of U that represents a substan- tial portion of its activities, assets, income, or expenses. Under these facts and circumstances, X February 20, 20016742001–8 I.R.B. does not have substantial influence over the affairs of U, and therefore X is not a disqualified person with respect to U. Example 11. W is a cardiologist and head of the cardiology department of the same hospital U described in Example 10. The cardiology depart- ment is a major source of patients admitted to U and consequently represents a substantial portion of U’s income, as compared to U as a whole. W does not serve on U’s governing board or as an officer of U. W does not have a material financial interest in the provider-sponsored organization (as defined in sec- tion 1855(e) of the Social Security Act) in which U participates. W receives a salary and retirement and welfare benefits fixed by a three-year renewable employment contract with U. W’s compensation is greater than the amount referenced for a highly com- pensated employee in section 414(q)(1)(B)(i) in the year benefits are provided. As department head, W manages the cardiology department and has authori- ty to allocate the budget for that department, which includes authority to distribute incentive bonuses among cardiologists according to criteria that W has authority to set. W’s management of a discrete seg- ment of U that represents a substantial portion of its income and activities (as compared to U as a whole) places W in a position to exercise substantial influ- ence over the affairs of U. Under these facts and cir- cumstances, W is a disqualified person with respect to U. Example 12. M is a museum that is an applicable tax-exempt organization for purposes of section 4958. D provides accounting services and tax advice to M as an independent contractor in return for a fee. D has no other relationship with M and is not related to any disqualified person of M. D does not provide professional advice with respect to any transaction from which D might economically bene- fit either directly or indirectly (aside from fees received for the professional advice rendered). Because D’s sole relationship to M is providing pro- fessional advice (without having decision-making authority) with respect to transactions from which D will not economically benefit either directly or indi- rectly (aside from customary fees received for the professional advice rendered), under these facts and circumstances, D is not a disqualified person with respect to M. Example 13. F is a repertory theater company that is an applicable tax-exempt organization for purposes of section 4958. F holds a fund-raising campaign to pay for the construction of a new the- ater. J is a regular subscriber to F’s productions who has made modest gifts to F in the past. J has no rela- tionship to F other than as a subscriber and contrib- utor. F solicits contributions as part of a broad pub- lic campaign intended to attract a large number of donors, including a substantial number of donors making large gifts. In its solicitations for contribu- tions, F promises to invite all contributors giving $z or more to a special opening production and party held at the new theater. These contributors are also given a special number to call in F’s office to reserve tickets for performances, make ticket exchanges, and make other special arrangements for their conve- nience. J makes a contribution of $zto F, which makes J a substantial contributor within the meaning of section 507(d)(2)(A), taking into account only contributions received by F during its current and the four preceding taxable years. J receives the benefits described in F’s solicitation. Because F offers the same benefit to all donors of $zor more, the prefer- ential treatment that J receives does not indicate that J is in a position to exercise substantial influence over the affairs of the organization. Therefore, under these facts and circumstances, J is not a disqualified person with respect to F. §53.4958–4T Excess benefit transaction (temporary). (a) Definition of excess benefit transac- tion—(1) In general. An excess benefit transactionmeans any transaction in which an economic benefit is provided by an applicable tax-exempt organization directly or indirectly to or for the use of any disqualified person, and the value of the economic benefit provided exceeds the value of the consideration (including the performance of services) received for providing the benefit. Subject to the lim- itations of paragraph (c) of this section (relating to the treatment of economic benefits as compensation for the perfor- mance of services), to determine whether an excess benefit transaction has occurred, all consideration and benefits (except disregarded benefits described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section) exchanged between a disqualified person and the applicable tax-exempt organiza- tion and all entities the organization con- trols (within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section) are taken into account. For example, in determining the reasonableness of compensation that is paid (or vests, or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture) in one year, services performed in prior years may be taken into account. For rules regarding valuation standards, see paragraph (b) of this section. For the requirement that an applicable tax-exempt organization clear- ly indicate its intent to treat a benefit as compensation for services when paid, see paragraph (c) of this section. (2) Economic benefit provided indirect- ly—(i) In general. A transaction that would be an excess benefit transaction if the applicable tax-exempt organization engaged in it directly with a disqualified person is likewise an excess benefit trans- action when it is accomplished indirectly. An applicable tax-exempt organization may provide an excess benefit indirectly to a disqualified person through a con- trolled entity or through an intermediary, as described in paragraphs (a)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section, respectively. (ii) Through a controlled entity—(A) In general. An applicable tax-exempt orga- nization may provide an excess benefit indirectly through the use of one or more entities it controls. For purposes of sec- tion 4958, economic benefits provided by a controlled entity will be treated as pro- vided by the applicable tax-exempt orga- nization. (B) Definition of control— (1) In gen- eral. For purposes of this paragraph, con- trolby an applicable tax-exempt organiza- tion means— (i) In the case of a stock corporation, ownership (by vote or value) of more than 50 percent of the stock in such corpora- tion; (ii) In the case of a partnership, owner- ship of more than 50 percent of the profits interests or capital interests in the partner- ship; (iii) In the case of a nonstock organiza- tion (i.e., an entity in which no person holds a proprietary interest), that at least 50 percent of the directors or trustees of the organization are either representatives (including trustees, directors, agents, or employees) of, or directly or indirectly controlled by, an applicable tax-exempt organization; or (iv) In the case of any other entity, own- ership of more than 50 percent of the ben- eficial interest in the entity. (2) Constructive ownership. Section 318 (relating to constructive ownership of stock) shall apply for purposes of deter- mining ownership of stock in a corpora- tion. Similar principles shall apply for purposes of determining ownership of interests in any other entity. (iii) Through an intermediary. An applicable tax-exempt organization may provide an excess benefit indirectly through an intermediary. An intermediary is any person (including an individual or a taxable or tax-exempt entity) who partici- pates in a transaction with one or more disqualified persons of an applicable tax- exempt organization. For purposes of section 4958, economic benefits provided by an intermediary will be treated as pro- vided by the applicable tax-exempt orga- nization when— (A) An applicable tax-exempt organiza- tion provides an economic benefit to an intermediary; and (B) In connection with the receipt of the benefit by the intermediary— 2001–8 I.R.B.675February 20, 2001 (1) There is evidence of an oral or written agreement or understanding that the inter- mediary will provide economic benefits to or for the use of a disqualified person; or (2) The intermediary provides econom- ic benefits to or for the use of a disquali- fied person without a significant business purpose or exempt purpose of its own. (iv) Examples. The following exam- ples illustrate when economic benefits are provided indirectly under the rules of paragraph (a)(2) of this section: Example 1. K is an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization for purposes of section 4958. L is an entity controlled by K within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section. J is employed by K, and is a disqualified person with respect to K. K pays J an annual salary of $12m, and reports that amount as compensation during calendar year 2001. Although J only performed services for K for nine months of 2001, J performed equivalent services for L during the remaining three months of 2001. Taking into account all of the economic benefits K provided to J, and all of the services J performed for K and L, $12mdoes not exceed the fair market value of the services J performed for K and L during 2001. Therefore, under these facts, K does not provide an excess benefit to J directly or indirectly. Example 2. F is an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization for purposes of section 4958. D is an entity controlled by F within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section. T is the chief executive officer (CEO) of F. As CEO, T is responsible for overseeing the activities of F. T’s duties as CEO make him a disqualified person with respect to F. T’s compensation package with F represents the maximum reasonable compensation for T’s services as CEO. Thus, any additional economic benefits that F provides to T without T providing additional consideration constitute an excess benefit. D con- tracts with T to provide enumerated “consulting ser- vices” to D. However, the contract does not require T to perform any additional services for D that T is not already obligated to perform as F’s chief execu- tive officer. Therefore, any payment to T pursuant to the consulting contract with D represents an indirect excess benefit that F provides through a controlled entity, even if F, D, or T treats the additional pay- ment to T as compensation. Example 3. P is an applicable tax-exempt organi- zation for purposes of section 4958. S is a taxable entity controlled by P within the meaning of para- graph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section. V is the chief executive officer of S, for which S pays V $win salary and benefits. V also serves as a voting mem- ber of P’s governing body. Consequently, V is a dis- qualified person with respect to P. P provides V with $xrepresenting compensation for the services V pro- vides P as a member of its governing body. Although $xrepresents reasonable compensation for the ser- vices V provides directly to P as a member of its gov- erning body, the total compensation of $w+ $x exceeds reasonable compensation for the services V provides to P and S collectively. Therefore, the por- tion of total compensation that exceeds reasonable compensation is an excess benefit provided to V. Example 4. G is an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization for section 4958 purposes. F is a disquali- fied person who was last employed by G in a posi- tion of substantial influence three years ago. H is an entity engaged in scientific research and is unrelated to either F or G. G makes a grant to H to fund a research position. H subsequently advertises for qualified candidates for the research position. F is among several highly qualified candidates who apply for the research position. H hires F. There was no evidence of an oral or written agreement or understanding with G that H will use G’s grant to provide economic benefits to or for the use of F. Although G provided economic benefits to H, and in connection with the receipt of such benefits, H will provide economic benefits to or for the use of F, H acted with a significant business purpose or exempt purpose of its own. Under these facts, G did not pro- vide an economic benefit to F indirectly through the use of an intermediary. (3) Exception for fixed payments made pursuant to an initial contract—(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (iv), section 4958 does not apply to any fixed payment made to a person pursuant to an initial contract. (ii) Fixed payment—(A) In general. For purposes of paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, fixed paymentmeans an amount of cash or other property specified in the contract, or determined by a fixed formu- la specified in the contract, which is to be paid or transferred in exchange for the provision of specified services or proper- ty. A fixed formula may incorporate an amount that depends upon future speci- fied events or contingencies, provided that no person exercises discretion when calculating the amount of a payment or deciding whether to make a payment (such as a bonus). A specified event or contingency may include the amount of revenues generated by (or other objective measure of) one or more activities of the applicable tax-exempt organization. A fixed payment does not include any amount paid to a person under a reim- bursement (or similar) arrangement where discretion is exercised by any person with respect to the amount of expenses incurred or reimbursed. (B) Special rules. Amounts payable pursuant to a qualified pension, profit- sharing, or stock bonus plan under Internal Revenue Code section 401(a), or pursuant to an employee benefit program that is subject to and satisfies coverage and nondiscrimination rules under the Code (e.g., sections 127 and 137), other than nondiscrimination rules under sec- tion 9802, are treated as fixed payments for purposes of this section, regardless of the applicable tax-exempt organization’s discretion with respect to the plan or pro- gram. The fact that a person contracting with an applicable tax-exempt organiza- tion is expressly granted the choice whether to accept or reject any economic benefit is disregarded in determining whether the benefit constitutes a fixed payment for purposes of this paragraph. (iii) Initial contract. For purposes of paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, initial contractmeans a binding written contract between an applicable tax-exempt organi- zation and a person who was not a dis- qualified person within the meaning of section 4958(f)(1) and §53.4958–3T immediately prior to entering into the contract. (iv) Substantial performance required. Paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section does not apply to any fixed payment made pur- suant to the initial contract during any tax- able year of the person contracting with the applicable tax-exempt organization if the person fails to perform substantially the person’s obligations under the initial contract during that year. (v) Treatment as a new contract.A written binding contract that provides that the contract is terminable or subject to cancellation by the applicable tax-exempt organization (other than as a result of a lack of substantial performance by the disqualified person, as described in para- graph (a)(3)(iv) of this section) without the other party’s consent and without sub- stantial penalty to the organization is treated as a new contract as of the earliest date that any such termination or cancel- lation, if made, would be effective. Additionally, if the parties make a materi- al change to a contract, it is treated as a new contract as of the date the material change is effective. A material change includes an extension or renewal of the contract (other than an extension or renewal that results from the person con- tracting with the applicable tax-exempt organization unilaterally exercising an option expressly granted by the contract), or a more than incidental change to any amount payable under the contract. The new contract is tested under paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section to determine whether it is an initial contract for purpos- es of this section. (vi) Evaluation of non-fixed payments. Any payment that is not a fixed payment (within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section) is evaluated to determine whether it constitutes an excess February 20, 20016762001–8 I.R.B. benefit transaction under section 4958. In making this determination, all payments and consideration exchanged between the parties are taken into account, including any fixed payments made pursuant to an initial contract with respect to which sec- tion 4958 does not apply. (vii) Examples. The following exam- ples illustrate the rules governing fixed payments made pursuant to an initial con- tract. Unless otherwise stated, assume that the person contracting with the applicable tax-exempt organization has performed substantially the person’s obligations under the contract with respect to the payment. The examples are as follows: Example 1. T is an applicable tax-exempt organi- zation for purposes of section 4958. On January 1, 2000, T hires S as its chief financial officer by enter- ing into a five-year written employment contract with S. S was not a disqualified person within the meaning of section 4958(f)(1) and §53.4958–3T immediately prior to entering into the January 1, 2000, contract (initial contract). S’s duties and responsibilities under the contract make S a disqual- ified person with respect to T (see §53.4958–3T(a)). Under the initial contract, T agrees to pay S an annu- al salary of $200,000, payable in monthly install- ments. The contract provides that, beginning in 2001, S’s annual salary will be adjusted by the increase in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for the prior year. Section 4958 does not apply because S’s compensation under the contract is a fixed payment pursuant to an initial contract within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Thus, for section 4958 purposes, it is unnecessary to evaluate whether any portion of the compensation paid to S pursuant to the initial contract is an excess benefit transaction. Example 2. The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that the initial contract provides that, in addition to a base salary of $200,000, T may pay S an annual performance-based bonus. The contract provides that T’s governing body will determine the amount of the annual bonus as of the end of each year during the term of the contract, based on the board’s evaluation of S’s performance, but the bonus cannot exceed $100,000 per year. Unlike the base salary portion of S’s compensation, the bonus por- tion of S’s compensation is not a fixed payment pur- suant to an initial contract, because the governing body has discretion over the amount, if any, of the bonus payment. Section 4958 does not apply to pay- ment of the $200,000 base salary (as adjusted for inflation), because it is a fixed payment pursuant to an initial contract within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3) of this section. By contrast, the annual bonus- es that may be paid to S under the initial contract are not protected by the initial contract exception. Therefore, each bonus payment will be evaluated under section 4958, taking into account all payments and consideration exchanged between the parties. Example 3. The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that in 2001, T changes its payroll system, such that T makes biweekly, rather than monthly, salary payments to its employees. Beginning in 2001, T also grants its employees an additional two days of paid vacation each year. Neither change is a material change to S’s initial contract within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section. Therefore, section 4958 does not apply to the base salary payments to S due to the initial contract exception. Example 4. The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that on January 1, 2001, S becomes the chief executive officer of T and a new chief financial officer is hired. At the same time, T’s board of direc- tors approves an increase in S’s annual base salary from $200,000 to $240,000, effective on that day. These changes in S’s employment relationship con- stitute material changes of the initial contract within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section. As a result, S is treated as entering into a new con- tract with T on January 1, 2001, at which time S is a disqualified person within the meaning of section 4958(f)(1) and §53.4958–3T. T’s payments to S made pursuant to the new contract will be evaluated under section 4958, taking into account all payments and consideration exchanged between the parties. Example 5. J is a performing arts organization and an applicable tax-exempt organization for pur- poses of section 4958. J hires W to become the chief executive officer of J. W was not a disqualified per- son within the meaning of section 4958(f)(1) and §53.4958–3T immediately prior to entering into the employment contract with J. As a result of this employment contract, W’s duties and responsibili- ties make W a disqualified person with respect to J (see §53.4958–3T(c)(2)). Under the contract, J will pay W $x(a specified amount) plus a bonus equal to 2 percent of the total season subscription sales that exceed $100z. The $xbase salary is a fixed payment pursuant to an initial contract within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The bonus payment is also a fixed payment pursuant to an initial contract within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3) of this sec- tion, because no person exercises discretion when calculating the amount of the bonus payment or deciding whether the bonus will be paid. Therefore, section 4958 does not apply to any of J’s payments to W pursuant to the employment contract due to the initial contract exception. Example 6. Hospital B is an applicable tax- exempt organization for purposes of section 4958. Hospital B hires E as its chief operating officer. E was not a disqualified person within the meaning of section 4958(f)(1) and §53.4958–3T immediately prior to entering into the employment contract with Hospital B. As a result of this employment contract, E’s duties and responsibilities make E a disqualified person with respect to Hospital B (see §53.4958–3T(c)(2)). E’s initial employment con- tract provides that E will have authority to enter into hospital management arrangements on behalf of Hospital B. In E’s personal capacity, E owns more than 35 percent of the combined voting power of Company X. Consequently, at the time E becomes a disqualified person with respect to B, Company X also becomes a disqualified person with respect to B (see §53.4958–3T(b)(2)(A)). E, acting on behalf of Hospital B as chief operating officer, enters into a contract with Company X under which Company X will provide billing and collection services to Hospital B. The initial contract exception of para- graph (a)(3)(i) of this section does not apply to the billing and collection services contract, because at the time that this contractual arrangement was entered into, Company X was a disqualified person with respect to Hospital B. Although E’s employ- ment contract (which is an initial contract) autho- rizes E to enter into hospital management arrange- ments on behalf of Hospital B, the payments made to Company X are not made pursuant to E’s employ- ment contract, but rather are made by Hospital B pursuant to a separate contractual arrangement with Company X. Therefore, even if payments made to Company X under the billing and collection services contract are fixed payments (within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section), section 4958 nonetheless applies to payments made by Hospital B to Company X because the billing and collection ser- vices contract itself does not constitute an initial contract under paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section. Accordingly, all payments made to Company X under the billing and collection services contract will be evaluated under section 4958. Example 7. Hospital C, an applicable tax-exempt organization, enters into a contract with Company Y, under which Company Y will provide a wide range of hospital management services to Hospital C. Upon entering into this contractual arrangement, Company Y becomes a disqualified person with respect to Hospital C. The contract provides that Hospital C will pay Company Y a management fee of xpercent of adjusted gross revenue (i.e., gross revenue increased by the cost of charity care provid- ed to indigents) annually for a five-year period. The management services contract specifies the cost accounting system and the standards for indigentsto be used in calculating the cost of charity care. The cost accounting system objectively defines the direct and indirect costs of all health care goods and ser- vices provided as charity care. Because Company Y was not a disqualified person with respect to Hospital C immediately before entering into the management services contract, that contract is an initial contract within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section. The annual management fee paid to Company Y is determined by a fixed for- mula specified in the contract, and is therefore a fixed payment within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section. Accordingly, section 4958 does not apply to the annual management fee due to the initial contract exception. Example 8. The facts are the same as in Example 7, except that the management services contract also provides that Hospital C will reimburse Company Y on a monthly basis for certain expenses incurred by Company Y that are attributable to management ser- vices provided to Hospital C (e.g., legal fees and travel expenses). These reimbursement payments that Hospital C makes to Company Y for the various expenses covered by the contract are not fixed pay- ments within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, because Company Y exercises discre- tion with respect to the amount of expenses incurred. Therefore, any reimbursement payments that Hospital C pays pursuant to the contract will be eval- uated under section 4958. Example 9. X, an applicable tax-exempt organi- zation for purposes of section 4958, hires C to con- duct scientific research. On January 1, 2000, C enters into a three-year written employment contract with X (“initial contract”). Under the terms of the contract, C is required to work full-time at X’s labo- ratory for a fixed annual salary of $90,000. Immediately prior to entering into the employment 2001–8 I.R.B.677February 20, 2001 contract, C was not a disqualified person within the meaning of section 4958(f)(1) and §53.4958–3T, nor did C become a disqualified person pursuant to the initial contract. However, two years after joining X, C marries D, who is the child of X’s president. As D’s spouse, C is a disqualified person within the meaning of section 4958(f)(1) and §53.4958–3T with respect to X. Nonetheless, section 4958 does not apply to X’s salary payments to C due to the ini- tial contract exception. Example 10. The facts are the same as in Example 9, except that the initial contract included a below-market loan provision under which C has the unilateral right to borrow up to a specified dollar amount from X at a specified interest rate for a spec- ified term. After C’s marriage to D, C borrows money from X to purchase a home under the terms of the initial contract. Section 4958 does not apply to X’s loan to C due to the initial contract exception. Example 11. The facts are the same as in Example 9, except that after C’s marriage to D, C works only sporadically at the laboratory, and per- forms no other services for X. Notwithstanding that C fails to perform substantially C’s obligations under the initial contract, X does not exercise its right to terminate the initial contract for nonperformance and continues to pay full salary to C. Pursuant to para- graph (a)(3)(iv) of this section, the initial contract exception does not apply to any payments made pur- suant to the initial contract during any taxable year of C in which C fails to perform substantially C’s obligations under the initial contract. (4) Certain economic benefits disre- garded for purposes of section 4958. The following economic benefits are disre- garded for purposes of section 4958: (i) Nontaxable fringe benefits. An eco- nomic benefit that is excluded from income under section 132, except any lia- bility insurance premium, payment, or reimbursement that must be taken into account under §53.4958–4T(b)(1)(ii) (B)(2); (ii) Certain economic benefits provided to a volunteer for the organization. An economic benefit provided to a volunteer for the organization if the benefit is pro- vided to the general public in exchange for a membership fee or contribution of $75 or less per year; (iii) Certain economic benefits provided to a member of, or donor to, the organiza- tion. An economic benefit provided to a member of an organization solely on account of the payment of a membership fee, or to a donor solely on account of a con- tribution deductible under section 170, if— (A) Any non-disqualified person pay- ing a membership fee or making a contri- bution above a specified amount to the organization is given the option of receiv- ing substantially the same economic ben- efit; and (B) The disqualified person and a sig- nificant number of non-disqualified per- sons make a payment or contribution of at least the specified amount; (iv) Economic benefits provided to a charitable beneficiary. An economic ben- efit provided to a person solely as a mem- ber of a charitable class that the applicable tax-exempt organization intends to benefit as part of the accomplishment of the orga- nization’s exempt purpose; and (v) Certain economic benefits provided to a governmental unit. Any transfer of an economic benefit to or for the use of a governmental unit defined in section 170(c)(1), if the transfer is for exclusively public purposes. (b) Valuation standards—(1) In gener- al. This section provides rules for deter- mining the value of economic benefits for purposes of section 4958. (i) Fair market value of property. The value of property, including the right to use property, for purposes of section 4958 is the fair market value (i.e., the price at which property or the right to use proper- ty would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy, sell or transfer property or the right to use prop- erty, and both having reasonable knowl- edge of relevant facts). (ii) Reasonable compensation—(A) In general. The value of services is the amount that would ordinarily be paid for like services by like enterprises under like circumstances (i.e., reasonable compensa- tion). Section 162 standards apply in determining reasonableness of compensa- tion, taking into account the aggregate benefits (other than any benefits specifi- cally disregarded under paragraph (a)(4) of this section) provided to a person and the rate at which any deferred compensa- tion accrues. The fact that a bonus or rev- enue-sharing arrangement is subject to a cap is a relevant factor in determining the reasonableness of compensation. The fact that a State or local legislative or agency body or court has authorized or approved a particular compensation package paid to a disqualified person is not determinative of the reasonableness of compensation for purposes of section 4958. (B) Items included in determining the value of compensation for purposes of determining reasonableness under section 4958. Except for economic benefits that are disregarded for purposes of section 4958 under paragraph (a)(4) of this sec- tion, compensation for purposes of deter- mining reasonableness under section 4958 includes all economic benefits provided by an applicable tax-exempt organization in exchange for the performance of ser- vices. These benefits include, but are not limited to— (1) All forms of cash and noncash com- pensation, including salary, fees, bonuses, severance payments, and deferred and noncash compensation described in §53.4958–1T(e)(2); (2) Unless excludable from income as a de minimisfringe benefit pursuant to sec- tion 132(a)(4), the payment of liability insurance premiums for, or the payment or reimbursement by the organization of— (i) Any penalty, tax, or expense of cor- rection owed under section 4958; (ii) Any expense not reasonably incurred by the person in connection with a civil judicial or civil administrative pro- ceeding arising out of the person’s perfor- mance of services on behalf of the applic- able tax-exempt organization; or (iii) Any expense resulting from an act or failure to act with respect to which the person has acted willfully and without reasonable cause; and (3) All other compensatory benefits, whether or not included in gross income for income tax purposes, including pay- ments to welfare benefit plans, such as plans providing medical, dental, life insurance, severance pay, and disability benefits, and both taxable and nontaxable fringe benefits (other than fringe benefits described in section 132), including expense allowances or reimbursements, and foregone interest on loans. (C) Inclusion in compensation for rea- sonableness determination does not gov- ern income tax treatment. The determina- tion of whether any item listed in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B) of this section is included in the disqualified person’s gross income for income tax purposes is made on the basis of the provisions of chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code, without regard to whether the item is taken into account for purposes of determining reasonableness of compensa- tion under section 4958. (2) Timing of reasonableness determi- nation—(i) In general. The facts and cir- February 20, 20016782001–8 I.R.B. cumstances to be taken into consideration in determining reasonableness of a fixed payment (within the meaning of para- graph (a)(3)(ii) of this section) are those existing on the date the parties enter into the contract pursuant to which the pay- ment is made. However, in the event of substantial non-performance, reasonable- ness is determined based on all facts and circumstances, up to and including cir- cumstances as of the date of payment. In the case of a payment that is not a fixed payment under a contract, reasonableness is determined based on all facts and cir- cumstances, up to and including circum- stances as of the date of payment. In no event shall circumstances existing at the date when the payment is questioned be considered in making a determination of the reasonableness of the payment. (ii) Treatment as a new contract. For purposes of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, a written binding contract that provides that the contract is terminable or subject to cancellation by the applica- ble tax-exempt organization without the other party’s consent and without sub- stantial penalty to the organization is treated as a new contract as of the earli- est date that any such termination or cancellation, if made, would be effec- tive. Additionally, if the parties make a material change to a contract (within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section), it is treated as a new contract as of the date the material change is effec- tive. (iii) Examples. The following exam- ples illustrate the timing of the reason- ableness determination under the rules of this paragraph (b)(2): Example 1. G is an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization for purposes of section 4958. H is an employee of G and a disqualified person with respect to G. H’s new multi-year employment con- tract provides for payment of a salary and provision of specific benefits pursuant to a qualified pension plan under Internal Revenue Code section 401(a) and an accident and health plan that meets the requirements of section 105(h)(2). The contract pro- vides that H’s salary will be adjusted by the increase in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for the prior year. The contributions G makes to the qualified pension plan are equal to the maximum amount G is permitted to contribute under the rules applicable to qualified plans. Under these facts, all items com- prising H’s total compensation are treated as fixed payments within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section. Therefore, the reasonableness of H’s compensation is determined based on the circum- stances existing at the time G and H enter into the employment contract. Example 2. N is an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization for purposes of section 4958. On January 2, N’s governing body enters into a new one-year employment contract with K, its executive director, who is a disqualified person with respect to N. The contract provides that K will receive a specified amount of salary, contributions to a qualified pen- sion plan under Internal Revenue Code section 401(a), and other benefits pursuant to a section 125 cafeteria plan. In addition, the contract provides that N’s governing body may, in its discretion, declare a bonus to be paid to K at any time during the year covered by the contract. K’s salary and other speci- fied benefits constitute fixed payments within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section. Therefore, the reasonableness of those economic benefits is determined on the date when the contract was made. However, because the bonus payment is not a fixed payment within the meaning of paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, the determination of whether any bonus awarded to N is reasonable must be made based on all facts and circumstances (including all payments and consideration exchanged between the parties), up to and including circumstances as of the date of payment of the bonus. (c) Establishing intent to treat econom- ic benefit as consideration for the perfor- mance of services—(1) In general. An economic benefit is not treated as consid- eration for the performance of services unless the organization providing the ben- efit clearly indicates its intent to treat the benefit as compensation when the benefit is paid. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, an applicable tax- exempt organization (or entity controlled by an applicable tax-exempt organization, within the meaning of paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B) of this section) is treated as clearly indicating its intent to provide an economic benefit as compensation for ser- vices only if the organization provides written substantiation that is contempora- neous with the transfer of the economic benefit at issue. If an organization fails to provide this contemporaneous substantia- tion, any services provided by the disqual- ified person will not be treated as provid- ed in consideration for the economic benefit for purposes of determining the reasonableness of the transaction. (2) Nontaxable benefits. For purposes of section 4958(c)(1)(A) and this section, an applicable tax-exempt organization is not required to indicate its intent to pro- vide an economic benefit as compensation for services if the economic benefit is excluded from the disqualified person’s gross income for income tax purposes on the basis of the provisions of chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code. Examples of these benefits include, but are not limited to, employer-provided health benefits and contributions to a qualified pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus plan under Internal Revenue Code section 401(a), and benefits described in sections 127 and 137. However, except for economic benefits that are disregarded for purposes of section 4958 under para- graph (a)(4) of this section, all compen- satory benefits (regardless of the federal income tax treatment) provided by an organization in exchange for the perfor- mance of services are taken into account in determining the reasonableness of a person’s compensation for purposes of section 4958. (3) Contemporaneous substantiation— (i) Reporting of benefit. An applicable tax-exempt organization provides con- temporaneous written substantiation of its intent to provide an economic benefit as compensation if— (A) The organization reports the eco- nomic benefit as compensation on an original Federal tax information return with respect to the payment (e.g., Form W-2 or 1099) or with respect to the orga- nization (e.g., Form 990), or on an amend- ed Federal tax information return filed prior to the commencement of an Internal Revenue Service examination of the applicable tax-exempt organization or the disqualified person for the taxable year in which the transaction occurred (as deter- mined under §53.4958–1T(e)); or (B) The recipient disqualified person reports the benefit as income on the per- son’s original Federal tax return (e.g., Form 1040), or on the person’s amended Federal tax return filed prior to the com- mencement of an Internal Revenue Service examination described in para- graph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section. (ii) Other evidence of contemporaneous substantiation. In addition, other written contemporaneous evidence may be used to demonstrate that the appropriate deci- sion-making body or an authorized officer approved a transfer as compensation for services in accordance with established procedures, including an approved written employment contract executed on or before the date of the transfer, or docu- mentation satisfying the requirements of §53.4958–6T(a)(3) indicating that an 2001–8 I.R.B.679February 20, 2001 authorized body approved the transfer as compensation for services on or before the date of the transfer. (iii) Failure to report due to reasonable cause. If an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization’s failure to report an economic benefit as required under the Internal Revenue Code is due to reasonable cause (within the meaning §301.6724–1 of this chapter), then the organization will be treated as having clearly indicated its intent to provide an economic benefit as compensation for services. To show that its failure to report an economic benefit that should have been reported on an information return was due to reasonable cause, an applicable tax-exempt organiza- tion must establish that there were signif- icant mitigating factors with respect to its failure to report (as described in §301.6724–1(b) of this chapter), or the failure arose from events beyond the orga- nization’s control (as described in §301.6724–1(c) of this chapter), and that the organization acted in a responsible manner both before and after the failure occurred (as described in §301.6724–1(d) of this chapter). (4) Examples. The following examples illustrate the requirement that an organi- zation contemporaneously substantiate its intent to provide an economic benefit as compensation for services, as defined in paragraph (c) of this section: Example 1. G is an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization for purposes of section 4958. G hires an individual contractor, P, who is also the child of a disqualified person of G, to design a computer pro- gram for it. G executes a contract with P for that purpose in accordance with G’s established proce- dures, and pays P $1,000 during the year pursuant to the contract. Before January 31 of the next year, G reports the full amount paid to P under the contract on a Form 1099 filed with the Internal Revenue Service. G will be treated as providing contempora- neous written substantiation of its intent to provide the $1,000 paid to P as compensation for the services P performed under the contract by virtue of either the Form 1099 filed with the Internal Revenue Service reporting the amount, or by virtue of the written con- tract executed between G and P. Example 2. G is an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization for purposes of section 4958. D is the chief operating officer of G, and a disqualified person with respect to G. D receives a bonus at the end of the year. G’s accounting department determines that the bonus is to be reported on D’s Form W-2. Due to events beyond G’s control, the bonus is not reflected on D’s Form W-2. As a result, D fails to report the bonus on his individual income tax return. G acts to amend Forms W-2 affected as soon as G is made aware of the error during an Internal Revenue Service examination. G’s failure to report the bonus on an information return issued to D arose from events beyond G’s control, and G acted in a respon- sible manner both before and after the failure occurred. Thus, because G had reasonable cause (within the meaning §301.6724–1 of this chapter) for failing to report D’s bonus, G will be treated as providing contemporaneous written substantiation of its intent to provide the bonus as compensation for services when paid. §53.4958–5T Transaction in which the amount of the economic benefit is determined in whole or in part by the revenues of one or more activities of the organization (temporary). [Reserved] §53.4958–6T Rebuttable presumption that a transaction is not an excess benefit transaction (temporary). (a) In general. Payments under a com- pensation arrangement are presumed to be reasonable, and a transfer of property, or the right to use property, is presumed to be at fair market value, if the following con- ditions are satisfied— (1) The compensation arrangement or the terms of the property transfer are approved in advance by an authorized body of the applicable tax-exempt organi- zation (or an entity controlled by the orga- nization with the meaning of §53.4958–4T(a)(2)(ii)(B)) composed entirely of individuals who do not have a conflict of interest (within the meaning of paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section) with respect to the compensation arrangement or property transfer, as described in para- graph (c)(1) of this section; (2) The authorized body obtained and relied upon appropriate data as to compa- rability prior to making its determination, as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section; and (3) The authorized body adequately documented the basis for its determina- tion concurrently with making that deter- mination, as described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. (b) Rebutting the presumption. If the three requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are satisfied, then the Internal Revenue Service may rebut the presump- tion that arises under paragraph (a) of this section only if it develops sufficient con- trary evidence to rebut the probative value of the comparability data relied upon by the authorized body. With respect to any fixed payment (within the meaning of §53.4958–4T(a)(3)(ii)), rebuttal evidence is limited to evidence relating to facts and circumstances existing on the date the parties enter into the contract pursuant to which the payment is made (except in the event of substantial nonperformance). With respect to all other payments (including non-fixed payments subject to a cap, as described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section), rebuttal evidence may include facts and circumstances up to and including the date of payment. See §53.4958–4T(b)(2)(i). (c) Requirements for invoking rebut- table presumption—(1) Approval by an authorized body—(i) In general. An authorized body means— (A) The governing body (i.e., the board of directors, board of trustees, or equiva- lent controlling body) of the organization; (B) A committee of the governing body, which may be composed of any individu- als permitted under State law to serve on such a committee, to the extent that the committee is permitted by State law to act on behalf of the governing body; or (C) To the extent permitted under State law, other parties authorized by the gov- erning body of the organization to act on its behalf by following procedures speci- fied by the governing body in approving compensation arrangements or property transfers. (ii) Individuals not included on autho- rized body. For purposes of determining whether the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section have been met with respect to a specific compensation arrangement or property transfer, an individual is not included on the authorized body when it is reviewing a transaction if that individual meets with other members only to answer questions, and otherwise recuses himself or herself from the meeting and is not present during debate and voting on the compensa- tion arrangement or property transfer. (iii) Absence of conflict of interest. A member of the authorized body does not have a conflict of interest with respect to a compensation arrangement or property transfer only if the member— (A) Is not a disqualified person partici- pating in or economically benefitting from the compensation arrangement or property transfer, and is not a member of the family of any such disqualified per- son, as described in section 4958(f)(4) or §53.4958–3T(b)(1); (B) Is not in an employment relation- ship subject to the direction or control of any disqualified person participating in or economically benefitting from the com- February 20, 20016802001–8 I.R.B. pensation arrangement or property trans- fer; (C) Does not receive compensation or other payments subject to approval by any disqualified person participating in or economically benefitting from the com- pensation arrangement or property trans- fer; (D) Has no material financial interest affected by the compensation arrange- ment or property transfer; and (E) Does not approve a transaction pro- viding economic benefits to any disquali- fied person participating in the compensa- tion arrangement or property transfer, who in turn has approved or will approve a transaction providing economic benefits to the member. (2) Appropriate data as to comparabil- ity—(i) In general. An authorized body has appropriate data as to comparability if, given the knowledge and expertise of its members, it has information sufficient to determine whether, under the standards set forth in §53.4958–4T(b), the compen- sation arrangement in its entirety is rea- sonable or the property transfer is at fair market value. In the case of compensa- tion, relevant information includes, but is not limited to, compensation levels paid by similarly situated organizations, both taxable and tax-exempt, for functionally comparable positions; the availability of similar services in the geographic area of the applicable tax-exempt organization; current compensation surveys compiled by independent firms; and actual written offers from similar institutions competing for the services of the disqualified person. In the case of property, relevant informa- tion includes, but is not limited to, current independent appraisals of the value of all property to be transferred; and offers received as part of an open and competi- tive bidding process. (ii) Special rule for compensation paid by small organizations. For organizations with annual gross receipts (including con- tributions) of less than $1 million review- ing compensation arrangements, the authorized body will be considered to have appropriate data as to comparability if it has data on compensation paid by three comparable organizations in the same or similar communities for similar services. No inference is intended with respect to whether circumstances falling outside this safe harbor will meet the requirement with respect to the collection of appropriate data. (iii) Application of special rule for small organizations. For purposes of determining whether the special rule for small organizations described in para- graph (c)(2)(ii) of this section applies, an organization may calculate its annual gross receipts based on an average of its gross receipts during the three prior tax- able years. If any applicable tax-exempt organization is controlled by or controls another entity (as defined in §53.4958–4T(a)(2)(ii)(B)), the annual gross receipts of such organizations must be aggregated to determine applicability of the special rule stated in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section. (iv) Examples. The following exam- ples illustrate the rules for appropriate data as to comparability for purposes of invoking the rebuttable presumption of reasonableness described in this section. In all examples, compensation refers to the aggregate value of all benefits provid- ed in exchange for services. The exam- ples are as follows: Example 1. Z is a university that is an applicable tax-exempt organization for purposes of section 4958. Z is negotiating a new contract with Q, its president, because the old contract will expire at the end of the year. In setting Q’s compensation for its president at $600xper annum, the executive com- mittee of the Board of Trustees relies solely on a national survey of compensation for university pres- idents that indicates university presidents receive annual compensation in the range of $100xto $700x; this survey does not divide its data by any criteria, such as the number of students served by the institu- tion, annual revenues, academic ranking, or geo- graphic location. Although many members of the executive committee have significant business expe- rience, none of the members has any particular expertise in higher education compensation matters. Given the failure of the survey to provide informa- tion specific to universities comparable to Z, and because no other information was presented, the executive committee’s decision with respect to Q’s compensation was not based upon appropriate data as to comparability. Example 2. The facts are the same as Example 1, except that the national compensation survey divides the data regarding compensation for university pres- idents into categories based on various university- specific factors, including the size of the institution (in terms of the number of students it serves and the amount of its revenues) and geographic area. The survey data shows that university presidents at insti- tutions comparable to and in the same geographic area as Z receive annual compensation in the range of $200xto $300x. The executive committee of the Board of Trustees of Z relies on the survey data and its evaluation of Q’s many years of service as a tenured professor and high-ranking university offi- cial at Z in setting Q’s compensation at $275xannu- ally. The data relied upon by the executive commit- tee constitutes appropriate data as to comparability. Example 3. X is a tax-exempt hospital that is an applicable tax-exempt organization for purposes of section 4958. Before renewing the contracts of X’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, X’s governing board commissioned a customized compensation survey from an independent firm that specializes in consulting on issues related to execu- tive placement and compensation. The survey cov- ered executives with comparable responsibilities at a significant number of taxable and tax-exempt hospi- tals. The survey data are sorted by a number of dif- ferent variables, including the size of the hospitals and the nature of the services they provide, the level of experience and specific responsibilities of the executives, and the composition of the annual com- pensation packages. The board members were pro- vided with the survey results, a detailed written analysis comparing the hospital’s executives to those covered by the survey, and an opportunity to ask questions of a member of the firm that prepared the survey. The survey, as prepared and presented to X’s board, constitutes appropriate data as to comparabil- ity. Example 4. The facts are the same as Example 3, except that one year later, X is negotiating a new contract with its chief executive officer. The gov- erning board of X has no information indicating that the relevant market conditions have changed or that the results of the prior year’s survey are no longer valid. Therefore, X may continue to rely on the independent compensation survey prepared for the prior year in setting annual compensation under the new contract. Example 5. W is a local repertory theater and an applicable tax-exempt organization for purposes of section 4958. W has had annual gross receipts rang- ing from $400,000 to $800,000 over its past three taxable years. In determining the next year’s com- pensation for W’s artistic director, the board of direc- tors of W relies on data compiled from a telephone survey of three other unrelated repertory theaters of similar size in similar communities. A member of the board drafts a brief written summary of the annu- al compensation information obtained from this informal survey. The annual compensation informa- tion obtained in the telephone survey is appropriate data as to comparability. (3) Documentation—(i) For a decision to be documented adequately, the written or electronic records of the authorized body must note— (A) The terms of the transaction that was approved and the date it was approved; (B) The members of the authorized body who were present during debate on the transaction that was approved and those who voted on it; (C) The comparability data obtained and relied upon by the authorized body and how the data was obtained; and (D) Any actions taken with respect to consideration of the transaction by anyone 2001–8 I.R.B.681February 20, 2001 who is otherwise a member of the autho- rized body but who had a conflict of inter- est with respect to the transaction. (ii) If the authorized body determines that reasonable compensation for a specif- ic arrangement or fair market value in a specific property transfer is higher or lower than the range of comparability data obtained, the authorized body must record the basis for its determination. For a deci- sion to be documented concurrently, records must be prepared before the later of the next meeting of the authorized body or 60 days after the final action or actions of the authorized body are taken. Records must be reviewed and approved by the authorized body as reasonable, accurate and complete within a reasonable time period thereafter. (d) No presumption with respect to non- fixed payments until amounts are deter- mined—(1) In general. Except as provid- ed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, in the case of a payment that is not a fixed payment (within the meaning of §53.4958–4T(a)(3)(ii)), the rebuttable presumption of this section arises only after the exact amount of the payment is determined, or a fixed formula for calcu- lating the payment is specified, and the three requirements for the presumption under paragraph (a) of this section subse- quently are satisfied. See §53.4958–4T (b)(2)(i). (2) Special rule for certain non-fixed payments subject to a cap. If the autho- rized body approves an employment con- tract with a disqualified person that includes a non-fixed payment (such as a discretionary bonus) subject to a speci- fied cap, the authorized body may estab- lish a rebuttable presumption with respect to the non-fixed payment at the time the employment contract is entered into if— (i) Prior to approving the contract, the authorized body obtains appropriate com- parability data indicating that a fixed pay- ment of up to a certain amount to the par- ticular disqualified person would represent reasonable compensation; (ii) The maximum amount payable under the contract (taking into account both fixed and non-fixed payments) does not exceed the amount referred to in para- graph (d)(2)(i) of this section; and (iii) The other requirements for the rebuttable presumption of reasonableness under paragraph (a) of this section are sat- isfied. (e) No inference from absence of pre- sumption. The fact that a transaction between an applicable tax-exempt organi- zation and a disqualified person is not subject to the presumption described in this section neither creates any inference that the transaction is an excess benefit transaction, nor exempts or relieves any person from compliance with any federal or state law imposing any obligation, duty, responsibility, or other standard of conduct with respect to the operation or administration of any applicable tax- exempt organization. (f) Period of reliance on rebuttable pre- sumption. Except as provided in para- graph (d) of this section with respect to non-fixed payments, the rebuttable pre- sumption applies to all payments made or transactions completed in accordance with a contract, provided that the provi- sions of paragraph (a) of this section were met at the time the parties entered into the contract. §53.4958–7T Correction (temporary). (a) In general. An excess benefit trans- action is corrected by undoing the excess benefit to the extent possible, and taking any additional measures necessary to place the applicable tax-exempt organiza- tion involved in the excess benefit trans- action in a financial position not worse than that in which it would be if the dis- qualified person were dealing under the highest fiduciary standards. Paragraph (b) of this section describes the acceptable forms of correction. Paragraph (c) of this section defines the correction amount. Paragraph (d) of this section describes correction where a contract has been par- tially performed. Paragraph (e) of this section describes correction where the applicable tax-exempt organization involved in the transaction has ceased to exist or is no longer tax-exempt. Paragraph (f) of this section provides examples illustrating correction. (b) Form of correction—(1) Cash or cash equivalents. Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section, a disqualified person corrects an excess benefit only by making a payment in cash or cash equivalents, excluding payment by a promissory note, to the applicable tax-exempt organization equal to the cor- rection amount, as defined in paragraph (c) of this section. (2) Anti-abuse rule. A disqualified per- son will not satisfy the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section if the Commissioner determines that the dis- qualified person engaged in one or more transactions with the applicable tax- exempt organization to circumvent the requirements of this correction section, and as a result, the disqualified person effectively transferred property other than cash or cash equivalents. (3) Special rule relating to nonqualified deferred compensation. If an excess ben- efit transaction results, in whole or in part, from the vesting (as described in §53.4958–1T(e)(2)) of benefits provided under a nonqualified deferred compensa- tion plan, then, to the extent that such ben- efits have not yet been distributed to the disqualified person, the disqualified per- son may correct the portion of the excess benefit resulting from such undistributed deferred compensation by relinquishing any right to receive such benefits (includ- ing any earnings thereon). (4) Return of specific property—(i) In general. A disqualified person may, with the agreement of the applicable tax- exempt organization, make a payment by returning specific property previously transferred in the excess benefit transac- tion. In this case, the disqualified person is treated as making a payment equal to the lesser of— (A) The fair market value of the prop- erty determined on the date the property is returned to the organization; or (B) The fair market value of the proper- ty on the date the excess benefit transac- tion occurred. (ii) Payment not equal to correction amount. If the payment described in para- graph (b)(4)(i) of this section is less than the correction amount (as described in paragraph (c) of this section), the disqual- ified person must make an additional cash payment to the organization equal to the difference. Conversely, if the payment described in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section exceeds the correction amount (as described in paragraph (c) of this section), the organization may make a cash pay- ment to the disqualified person equal to the difference. (iii) Disqualified person may not par- ticipate in decision. Any disqualified per- February 20, 20016822001–8 I.R.B. son who received an excess benefit from the excess benefit transaction may not participate in the applicable tax-exempt organization’s decision whether to accept the return of specific property under para- graph (b)(4)(i) of this section. (c) Correction amount. The correction amount with respect to an excess benefit transaction equals the sum of the excess benefit (as defined in §53.4958–1T(b)) and interest on the excess benefit. The amount of the interest charge for purposes of this section is determined by multiply- ing the excess benefit by an interest rate, compounded annually, for the period from the date the excess benefit transaction occurred (as defined in §53.4958–1T(e)) to the date of correction. The interest rate used for this purpose must be a rate that equals or exceeds the applicable Federal rate (AFR), compounded annually, for the month in which the transaction occurred. The period from the date the excess bene- fit transaction occurred to the date of cor- rection is used to determine whether the appropriate AFR is the Federal short-term rate, the Federal mid-term rate, or the Federal long-term rate. See section 1274(d)(1)(A). (d) Correction where contract has been partially performed. If the excess benefit transaction arises under a contract that has been partially performed, termination of the contractual relationship between the organization and the disqualified person is not required in order to correct. However, the parties may need to modify the terms of any ongoing contract to avoid future excess benefit transactions. (e) Correction in the case of an applic- able tax-exempt organization that has ceased to exist, or is no longer tax- exempt—(1) In general. A disqualified person must correct an excess benefit transaction in accordance with this para- graph where the applicable tax-exempt organization that engaged in the transac- tion no longer exists or is no longer described in section 501(c)(3) or (4) and exempt from tax under section 501(a). (2) Section 501(c)(3) organizations. In the case of an excess benefit transaction with a section 501(c)(3) applicable tax- exempt organization, the disqualified per- son must pay the correction amount, as defined in paragraph (c) of this section, to another organization described in section 501(c)(3) and exempt from tax under sec- tion 501(a) in accordance with the disso- lution clause contained in the constitutive documents of the applicable tax-exempt organization involved in the excess bene- fit transaction, provided that the other organization is not related to the disquali- fied person. (3) Section 501(c)(4) organizations. In the case of an excess benefit transaction with a section 501(c)(4) applicable tax- exempt organization, the disqualified per- son must pay the correction amount, as defined in paragraph (c) of this section, to a successor section 501(c)(4) organization or, if no tax-exempt successor, to any sec- tion 501(c)(3) or other section 501(c)(4) organization not related to the disqualified person. (f) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of this section describing the requirements of correction: Example 1. W is an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization for purposes of section 4958. D is a dis- qualified person with respect to W. W employed D in 1999 and made payments totaling $12tto D as compensation throughout the taxable year. The fair market value of D’s services in 1999 was $7t. Thus, D received excess compensation in the amount of $5t, the excess benefit for purposes of section 4958. In accordance with §53.4958–1T(e)(1), the excess benefit transaction with respect to the series of com- pensatory payments during 1999 is deemed to occur on December 31, 1999, the last day of D’s taxable year. In order to correct the excess benefit transac- tion on June 30, 2002, D must pay W, in cash or cash equivalents, excluding payment with a promissory note, $5t(the excess benefit) plus interest on $5tfor the period from the date the excess benefit transac- tion occurred to the date of correction (i.e., December 31, 1999, to June 30, 2002). Because this period is not more than three years, the interest rate D must use to determine the interest on the excess benefit must equal or exceed the short-term AFR, compounded annually, for December, 1999 (5.74%, compounded annually). Example 2. X is an applicable tax-exempt orga- nization for purposes of section 4958. B is a dis- qualified person with respect to X. On January 1, 2000, B paid X $6vfor Property F. Property F had a fair market value of $10von January 1, 2000. Thus, the sales transaction on that date provided an excess benefit to B in the amount of $4v. In order to correct the excess benefit on July 5, 2005, B pays X, in cash or cash equivalents, excluding payment with a promissory note, $4v(the excess benefit) plus inter- est on $4vfor the period from the date the excess benefit transaction occurred to the date of correction (i.e., January 1, 2000, to July 5, 2005). Because this period is over three but not over nine years, the inter- est rate B must use to determine the interest on the excess benefit must equal or exceed the mid-term AFR, compounded annually, for January, 2000 (6.21%, compounded annually). Example 3. The facts are the same as in Example 2, except that B offers to return Property F. X agrees to accept the return of Property F, a decision in which B does not participate. Property F has declined in value since the date of the excess benefit transaction. On July 5, 2005, the property has a fair market value of $9v. For purposes of correction, B’s return of Property F to X is treated as a payment of $9v, the fair market value of the property determined on the date the property is returned to the organiza- tion. If $9vis greater than the correction amount ($4vplus interest on $4vat a rate that equals or exceeds 6.21%, compounded annually, for the peri- od from January 1, 2000, to July 5, 2005), then X may make a cash payment to B equal to the differ- ence. Example 4. The facts are the same as in Example 3, except that Property F has increased in value since January 1, 2000, the date the excess benefit transac- tion occurred, and on July 5, 2005, has a fair market value of $13v. For purposes of correction, B’s return of Property F to X is treated as a payment of $10v, the fair market value of the property on the date the excess benefit transaction occurred. If $10vis greater than the correction amount ($4vplus interest on $4vat a rate that equals or exceeds 6.21%, com- pounded annually, for the period from January 1, 2000, to July 5, 2005), then X may make a cash pay- ment to B equal to the difference. Example 5. The facts are the same as in Example 2. Assume that the correction amount B paid X in cash on July 5, 2005, was $5.58v. On July 4, 2005, X loaned $5.58vto B, in exchange for a promissory note signed by B in the amount of $5.58v, payable with interest at a future date. These facts indicate that B engaged in the loan transaction to circumvent the requirement of this section that (except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) or (4) of this section), the correction amount must be paid only in cash or cash equiva- lents. As a result, the Commissioner may determine that B effectively transferred property other than cash or cash equivalents, and therefore did not satisfy the correction requirements of this section. §53.4958–8T Special rules (temporary). (a) Substantive requirements for exemption still apply. Section 4958 does not affect the substantive standards for tax exemption under section 501(c)(3) or (4), including the requirements that the orga- nization be organized and operated exclu- sively for exempt purposes, and that no part of its net earnings inure to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual. Thus, regardless of whether a particular transaction is subject to excise taxes under section 4958, existing principles and rules may be implicated, such as the limitation on private benefit. For example, transac- tions that are not subject to section 4958 because of the initial contract exception described in §53.4958–4T(a)(3) may, under certain circumstances, jeopardize the organization’s tax-exempt status. 2001–8 I.R.B.683February 20, 2001 (b) Interaction between section 4958 and section 7611 rules for church tax inquiries and examinations. The procedures of sec- tion 7611 will be used in initiating and con- ducting any inquiry or examination into whether an excess benefit transaction has occurred between a church and a disquali- fied person. For purposes of this rule, the reasonable belief required to initiate a church tax inquiry is satisfied if there is a reasonable belief that a section 4958 tax is due from a disqualified person with respect to a transaction involving a church. See §301.7611–1 Q&A 19 of this chapter. (c) Three year duration of these tempo- rary regulations. Sections 53.4958–1T through 53.4958–8T will cease to apply on January 9, 2004. §53.4963–1 [Amended] Par. 3. In §53.4963–1, paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) are amended by adding the reference “4958,” immediately after the reference “4955,” in each place it appears. PART 301—PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION Par. 4. The authority citation for part 301 continues to read in part as follows: Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * * §301.6213–1 [Amended] Par. 5. In §301.6213–1, paragraph (e) is amended by adding the reference “4958,” immediately after the reference “4955,” in the first sentence. §301.6501(e)–1 [Amended] Par. 6. Section 301.6501(e)–1 is amended as follows: 1. Paragraph (c)(3)(ii), first and second sentences are amended by removing the language “or trust” and adding “trust, or other organization” in its place. 2. Paragraph (c)(3)(ii), the first sen- tence is amended by removing the lan- guage “and 4953” and adding “4953, and 4958” in its place. §301.6501(n)–1 [Amended] Par. 7. Section 301.6501(n)–1 is amended as follows: 1. The paragraph heading for paragraph (a) is amended by removing the language “or trust” and adding “trust, or other orga- nization” in its place. 2. Paragraph (a)(1), the first sentence is amended by removing the language “or trust” and adding “trust, or other organi- zation” in its place. 3. Paragraph (b), the heading and the first sentence are amended by removing the language “or trust” and adding “trust, or other organization” in its place. §301.7422–1 [Amended] Par. 8. In §301.7422–1, paragraph (a) introductory text, paragraph (c) introduc- tory text and paragraph (d) are amended by adding the reference “4958,” immedi- ately after the reference “4955,”. §301.7454–2 [Amended] Par. 9. In §301.7454–2, paragraph (a) is amended by adding the language “or whether an organization manager (as defined in section 4958(f)(2)) has “know- ingly” participated in an excess benefit transaction (as defined in section 4958(c)),” immediately after “4945”. §301.7611–1 [Amended] Par. 10. In §301.7611–1, the Table of contents is amended by: 1. Adding “Application to Section 4958........19” immediately after “Effective Date........18”. 2. Adding an undesignated centerhead- ing and Q-19 and A-19 at the end of the section to read as follows: §301.7611–1 Questions and answers relating to church tax inquiries and examinations. * * * * * Application to Section 4958 Q-19: When do the church tax inquiry and examination procedures described in section 7611 apply to a determination of whether there was an excess benefit trans- action described in section 4958? A-19: See §53.4958–7(b) of this chapter for rules governing the interaction between section 4958 excise taxes on excess benefit transactions and section 7611 church tax inquiry and examination procedures. PART 602 — OMB CONTROL NUMBERS UNDER THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT Par. 11. The authority citation for part 602 continues to read as follows: Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805. Par. 12. In §602.101, paragraph (b) is amended by adding an entry to the table in numerical order to read as follows: §602.101 OMB control numbers. * * * * * (b) * * * February 20, 20016842001–8 I.R.B. CFR part or section whereCurrent OMB identified and described control No. * * * * * 53.4958–6T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1545–1623 * * * * * Robert E. Wenzel, Deputy Commissioner of Internal Revenue. Approved December 19, 2000. Jonathan Talisman, Acting Assistant Secretary of the Treasury. (Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on Janu- ary 9, 2001, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal Register for January 10, 2001, 66 F.R. 2144) Section 4980B.—Failure to Satisfy Continuation Coverage Requirements of Group Health Plans 26 CFR 54.4980B–1: COBRA in general. T.D. 8928 DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Internal Revenue Service 26 CFR Part 54 Continuation Coverage Requirements Applicable to Group Health Plans AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury. ACTION: Final regulations. SUMMARY: This document contains final regulations that provide guidance on certain issues that arise in connection with the COBRA continuation coverage requirements applicable to group health plans. The regulations in this document supplement final COBRA regulations published on February 3, 1999, in the Federal Register. The regulations will generally affect sponsors and administra- tors of, and participants in, group health plans, and they provide plan sponsors and plan administrators with guidance neces- sary to comply with the law. DATES: Effective date: These regulations are effective January 10, 2001. Applicability dates: For dates of applic- ability, see the discussion under the head- ing “Effective Date” in this preamble. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CON- TACT: Yurlinda Mathis at 202-622-6080 (not a toll-free number). SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA) imposes continuation coverage require- ments on group health plans in certain sit- uations. This document contains amend- ments to the COBRA health care continuation coverage regulations in 26 CFR part 54. Proposed regulations inter- preting COBRA were published in the Federal Registeron June 15, 1987 (52 F.R. 22716). On February 3, 1999, final COBRA regulations (T.D. 8812, 1999–1 C.B. 533) were published in the Federal Register(64 F.R. 5160) (the 1999 final regulations), and a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG–121865–98, 1999–1 C.B. 577) was published the same day (64 F.R. 5237) for certain issues not addressed in the final regulations (the 1999 proposed regulations). A public hearing was held on June 8, 1999. In addition, written com- ments responding to the notice of pro- posed rulemaking and to the final regula- tions were received. After consideration of all the comments, the proposed regula- tions are adopted as amended by this Treasury decision. The revisions are dis- cussed below. Explanation and Summary of Comments Small Employer Plan Exception Group health plans maintained by an employer that had fewer than 20 employ- ees on a typical business day in the previ- ous calendar year are not subject to COBRA. The 1999 proposed regulations relating to plans maintained by an employer with fewer than 20 employees in the previous calendar year are adopted as final regulations without change. Unlike the 1987 proposed regulations, the 1999 proposed regulations use a full-time equivalency method in counting part-time employees for purposes of determining if an employer had fewer than 20 employ- ees. Several commenters expressed dis- approval of this approach or inquired why it was being considered. The 1987 proposed regulations con- tained rules about how to count part-time employees. An example can be used to illustrate how the 1987 rules were pro- posed to apply. In a calendar year two employers each employ 15 full-time employees and 12 part-time employees. Each part-time employee works 15 hours per week. Each employer has six typical business days each week. One employer schedules all 12 of the part-time employ- ees to work two-and-a-half hours each typical business day per week. The other employer staggers the schedule of the part-time employees so that they each work seven-and-a-half hours on two typi- cal business days per week, so that four part-time employees work on each typical business day. Under the 1987 proposed regulations, the part-time employees of the first employer counted as 12 employ- ees whereas the part-time employees of the second employer counted only as four employees. In the following calendar year, a group health plan maintained by the first employer would have been sub- ject to COBRA (because the first employ- er employed 27 employees on a typical business day in the preceding calendar year) but a group health plan maintained by the second employer would not have been subject to COBRA (because the sec- ond employer employed only 19 employ- ees on a typical business day in the pre- ceding calendar year). The exception for employers with fewer than 20 employees reflects Congress’ judgment that the costs and administrative burden associated with COBRA should not be imposed on small employers and that imposing such requirements on small employers may discourage them from providing group health coverage to their employees. There is no reason to distinguish, as the approach in the 1987 proposed regula- tions would have done, between two employers with identical numbers of full- and part-time employees based on the par- ticular days that the part-time employees work. In contrast to the result under the 1987 proposed regulations, the 1999 proposed regulations and these final regulations provide for the uniform treatment of employers employing the same number of part-time employees for equivalent peri- ods, regardless of how the hours are scheduled. The full-time equivalency approach therefore avoids creating an incentive for employers to schedule the work of their part-time employees in a manner that is inconsistent with the con- venience of the employees or the needs of the business. One commenter asked if it is permissi- ble to count part-time employees on an aggregate basis rather than an individual basis. On an individual basis, the number of part-time employees is computed by dividing the hours worked by each part- time employee by the hours required to be considered working full-time and then by adding all the quotients together. On an aggregate basis, the number of part-time employees is computed by adding all the hours worked by part-time employees and 2001–8 I.R.B.685February 20, 2001 dividing that sum by the number of hours required for one worker to be considered working full-time. Because the two meth- ods produce identical results, both meth- ods are permissible. Determination of Number of Plans The 1999 proposed regulations relating to the determination of the number of plans that an employer or employee orga- nization maintains are modified and reor- ganized. Under the 1999 proposed regu- lations, the number of plans is determined by the instruments governing the employ- er’s or employee organization’s arrange- ment or arrangements to provide health care benefits (the instruments rule). Another rule (the default rule) in the 1999 proposed regulations provides that if there are no instruments or if the instruments are unclear about whether there is one plan or more than one plan, all health care benefits (except benefits for long-term care) provided by a corporation, partner- ship, or other entity or trade or business, or by an employee organization, consti- tute one group health plan. Under these final regulations, these rules are reorganized so that the default rule, under which all health care benefits pro- vided by one entity or trade or business are treated as one plan, is presented first. The default rule applies unless it is clear from the instruments governing an arrangement or arrangements to provide health care ben- efits that the benefits are being provided under separate plans and the arrangement or arrangements are operated pursuant to such instruments as separate plans. In effect, this rule revises the instruments rule in the 1999 proposed regulations by adding the requirement that the arrangement or arrangements must be operated pursuant to the instruments as separate plans to avoid the application of the default rule. These organizational and substantive changes from the 1999 proposed regulations were developed at the suggestion of and with substantial assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration. Health Flexible Spending Arrangements The 1999 proposed regulations relating to health flexible spending arrangements (health FSAs) are adopted with one minor change and one addition. The minor change is the cross-reference in which a health FSA is defined. The 1999 pro- posed regulations cite the definition in proposed regulations under section 125. These final regulations cite the definition in section 106(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code. (Regulations published recently under section 125 also use the section 106(c)(2) definition. See 65 F.R. 15548, 15553 (March 23, 2000).) The one addition is a clarification that, to the extent a health FSA is obligat- ed to make COBRA continuation cover- age available to a qualified beneficiary, all the general COBRA continuation cover- age rules apply in the same way that they apply to coverage under other group health plans, including the rule for how plan limits on coverage apply to someone on COBRA continuation coverage. This addition was made in response to the request of one commenter and numerous inquiries about how the annual election of a certain dollar amount by an employee under a health FSA applies once there is a qualifying event. Several commenters were pleased with the limited exception from the COBRA rules for health FSAs under the 1999 pro- posed regulations and asked that the final regulations go even further. They request- ed that when participants under a health FSA experience a qualifying event (and the benefits under the health FSA are excepted benefits under sections 9831 and 9832), the final regulations should allow the health FSA to compute the contribu- tions made during that plan year on the participant’s behalf, reduce that amount by reimbursements already made during the plan year, and — instead of requiring the health FSA to offer COBRA continua- tion coverage in those cases in which there is a positive balance — allow the participant to spend whatever balance remains during the remainder of the plan year without requiring or allowing addi- tional contributions. However, such an approach is inconsistent with the require- ments under sections 125 and 4980B and thus has not been adopted. One commenter requested that the final regulations clarify that the applicable pre- mium includes any employer subsidy. The statute makes clear that the applicable premium is computed based on the total cost of coverage, regardless of whether paid by the employer or employee. The regulations generally do not address how to calculate the applicable premium. However, the example for the health FSA exception makes clear that the maximum amount a plan is permitted to charge for COBRA coverage under a health FSA includes any employer subsidy. One commenter requested that the final regulations clarify that a health FSA is obligated to make COBRA continuation coverage available only in connection with qualifying events that are a termina- tion of employment or reduction of hours of employment. This suggestion is not adopted in the final regulations because it is inconsistent with the statute. If health care expenses incurred for a spouse or dependent child of an active employee can be reimbursed under a health FSA, but, were it not for the COBRA continua- tion coverage rules, would not be reim- bursed after the death of the employee, the divorce from the employee, or a depen- dent child’s ceasing to be a dependent child under the generally applicable requirements under the health FSA, then the spouse or dependent child has experi- enced a qualifying event and is entitled to continue coverage under the health FSA to the same extent as they would follow- ing termination of the employee’s employment. Increase in Premium is Loss of Coverage The 1999 final regulations provide, in describing what constitutes a loss of cov- erage for determining whether a qualify- ing event has occurred, that any increase in premium or contribution that must be paid for coverage as a result of one of the events that can be a qualifying event is a loss of coverage. Several commenters questioned why this rule was adopted and pointed out that it creates administrative burdens in two situations without appar- ently providing any advantage to the peo- ple whose premium is being increased. The two situations concern retiring employees and full-time employees reducing their work hours to become part- time employees. In both situations, often employers will grant the employees access to the same coverage but will require them to pay a premium that is higher than what active employees pay though still significantly less than the 102 percent rate permitted under COBRA. The commenters wondered why it is nec- February 20, 20016862001–8 I.R.B. essary to provide these individuals with a COBRA notice if it is always advanta- geous for the individual to take the other coverage. They suggested that a loss of coverage should not be considered to have occurred if employees (or other qualified beneficiaries) can get access to the same coverage for less than the applicable pre- mium under COBRA. The IRS and Treasury were mindful of these situations before they adopted the rule in the 1999 final regulations. However, if a mere increase in premium were not considered a loss in coverage, the person whose premium is being increased would not be entitled by law to a 60-day election period nor to a 45-day period after the election for making the first premium payment. Although in many cases a qualified beneficiary might prefer a lower premium over these proce- dural protections under COBRA, in some cases these procedural protections might be more valuable. The likelihood of the COBRA procedural protections being more valuable than the lower premium becomes substantial as the amount required to be paid for part-time or retiree coverage approaches the amount of the applicable premium. Accordingly, the final regulations retain the rule in the 1999 final regulations so as not to deprive qualified beneficiaries of potentially valu- able rights. Termination of Coverage in Anticipation of a Qualifying Event The 1999 final regulations provide that if coverage is reduced or eliminated in anticipation of an event, the elimination or reduction is disregarded in determining whether the event causes a loss of cover- age. The regulations provide examples of an employer eliminating an employee’s coverage in anticipation of a termination of employment and of an employee elim- inating a spouse’s coverage in anticipation of a divorce. One commenter requested a clarifica- tion that a reduction or elimination more than six months before an event could not be considered to be in anticipation of the event. However, in many cases where coverage is eliminated by an employee in anticipation of a divorce, the divorce will follow the elimination by more than six months. Whether a reduction or elimina- tion of coverage is in anticipation of a qualifying event is a question to be resolved based on all the relevant facts and circumstances. Thus, these final reg- ulations do not amend the rule in the 1999 final regulations to limit the window dur- ing which an anticipatory reduction or elimination can be considered to have occurred. The commenter also requested a clarifi- cation that the coverage the qualified ben- eficiary is entitled to in such a situation is the coverage the qualified beneficiary had before coverage was reduced or eliminat- ed. The general rule in the 1999 final reg- ulations for determining what is COBRA continuation coverage applies in this situ- ation. Under the rule in the 1999 final regulations, the qualified beneficiary will generally be entitled to the coverage that the qualified beneficiary had before the qualifying event. However, if between the date of the elimination or reduction in coverage and the date of the qualifying event coverage is modified for similarly situated nonCOBRA beneficiaries, then the modified coverage must be made available to the qualified beneficiary. Moving Outside Region of Region- Specific Coverage The 1999 final regulations require employers and employee organizations to make alternative coverage available to qualified beneficiaries moving outside the service area of a region-specific benefit package. One commenter asked for a clarification that the alternative coverage must be made available immediately and cannot be deferred until the beginning of the plan’s next open enrollment period. These final regulations clarify that the alternative coverage must be made avail- able not later than the date of the qualified beneficiary’s relocation, or, if later, the first day of the month following the month in which the qualified beneficiary requests the alternative coverage. Another commenter expressed concern that a plan might have to incur extraordi- nary costs (such as negotiating for a sepa- rate network of providers in an indemnity plan with a preferred provider organiza- tion, or establishing a separate schedule of usual, customary, and reasonable costs) to provide coverage in areas to which a qual- ified beneficiary might relocate but in which there were no active employees of the employer or employee organization. The rule in the 1999 final regulations does not require employers or employee orga- nizations to incur extraordinary costs to extend coverage to qualified beneficiaries in areas in which the employer or employ- ee organization does not have active employees. In the case of an indemnity plan with a preferred provider organiza- tion, the plan need only provide benefits at the standard rate (that is, not at the rate for preferred providers) to a qualified ben- eficiary who moves outside the service area of the preferred provider network. Similarly, a plan is not required to estab- lish a separate schedule of usual, custom- ary, and reasonable costs solely for quali- fied beneficiaries who reside in a region where no active employees work or reside (regardless of whether this is to the quali- fied beneficiary’s benefit or detriment based on prevailing costs in the region where the qualified beneficiary resides). Accordingly, these final regulations do not modify the rule in the 1999 final reg- ulations based on this commenter’s con- cern. When COBRA Continuation Coverage Must Become Effective The 1999 final regulations provide that, in the case of an indemnity or reimburse- ment arrangement, claims incurred during the election period do not have to be paid before the election (and, if applicable, payment for the coverage) is made. In the case of indemnity or reimbursement arrangements that allow retroactive rein- statement of coverage, the 1999 final reg- ulations provide that coverage for quali- fied beneficiaries can be terminated and then reinstated when the election is made. One commenter asked if these two rules mean that coverage must be reinstated at the time of the election even if payment is not made but that no claims need be paid under that coverage until payment for the coverage is made. The commenter point- ed out that this would a pose a problem for employers and employee organizations maintaining insured plans in that they would have to pay the insurer premiums for the coverage even if payment for the coverage was never made (whereas the insurer would never have to pay any claim under the coverage). These final regula- tions clarify this rule by explicitly provid- ing that in the case of indemnity plans and reimbursement arrangements that allow 2001–8 I.R.B.687February 20, 2001 retroactive reinstatement of coverage, coverage can be terminated and later rein- stated when the election (and, if applica- ble, payment for the coverage) is made. Thus, under these final regulations, the rules for when coverage must be reinstat- ed and when claims must be paid are the same. Maximum Coverage Period The 1999 proposed regulations relating to the maximum coverage period are adopted as final regulations with a minor change to a cross-reference. Insignificant Underpayments The 1999 final regulations prescribe how plans are to treat payments for COBRA continuation coverage that are short by an amount that is not significant. They require the plan to treat the payment as full payment unless the plan notifies the qualified beneficiary of the amount of the deficiency and grants a reasonable period for payment of the deficiency. The regula- tions provide as a safe harbor that a period of 30 days after the notice is provided is a reasonable period for this purpose. Many commenters requested that the regulations specify what is considered a significant amount. These final regula- tions provide that a shortfall is not signif- icant if it is no greater than the lesser of $50 (or another amount specified by the Commissioner in guidance of general applicability) or 10 percent of the required amount. Several commenters also requested that the regulations specify a period shorter than 30 days for payment of the deficien- cy to be considered timely, but these final regulations do not adopt this suggestion. The regulations require only that a plan grant a reasonable period for payment of the deficiency. In some circumstances, a period shorter than 30 days may be rea- sonable. However, in other circum- stances, a shorter period might not be rea- sonable. The IRS and Treasury believe it is useful to provide the certainty of a safe harbor, but they do not believe that a peri- od shorter than 30 days is sufficiently long in all cases. Business Reorganizations The 1999 proposed regulations relating to business reorganizations are adopted as final regulations with two clarifications. The proposed regulations provide that, in an asset sale (which is defined as the sale of substantial assets such as a plant or divi- sion or substantially all the assets of a trade or business), a purchaser of assets is considered a successor employer if the seller ceases to provide any group health plan to any employee in connection with the sale and if the buyer continues the business operations associated with those assets without substantial change or inter- ruption. Several inquiries raised the ques- tion whether this rule applies if the assets are purchased as part of a bankruptcy pro- ceeding. The final regulations clarify this rule for assets purchased in bankruptcy by providing that a buying group does not fail to be a successor employer in connection with an asset sale merely because the sale takes place in connection with a bankrupt- cy proceeding. Thus, the general rule for determining whether a buyer is a successor employer applies in bankruptcy the same way that it does outside of bankruptcy. These final regulations also clarify that asset sale includes not only sales but other transfers as well. Comments were received about other aspects of the proposed rules for business reorganizations.Several commenters requested additional guidance on the amount of assets that would constitute “substantial assets” for purposes of the asset sale rules. The final regulations retain the definition in the proposed regu- lations. This definition is intended to be flexible enough to apply reasonably to the myriad situations in which this issue aris- es. The asset sale rules, including the def- inition of asset sale, are similar to the var- ious formulations of successor employer rules that have been fashioned by the courts for various labor law purposes, adapted to the peculiar circumstances that the COBRA continuation coverage requirements create. In those cases, as in the final rule, a case-by-case approach is favored. See, for example, Golden State Bottling Co. v. NLRB, 414 U.S. 168 (1973); Howard Johnson Co. v. Detroit Local Joint Executive Board, Hotel & Restaurant Employees & Bartenders International Union, 417 U.S. 249 (1974); John Wiley & Sons, Inc. v. Livingston, 376 U.S. 543 (1964); NLRB v. Burns International Security Services, Inc., 406 U.S. 272 (1972); Fall River Dyeing & Finishing Corp. v. NLRB, 482 U.S. 27 (1987); EEOC v. MacMillan Bloedel Containers, Inc., 503 F.2d 1086 (6 th Cir. 1974); In re National Airlines, Inc., 700 F.2d 695 (11 th Cir. 1983); Upholsterers’International Union Pension Fund v. Artistic Furniture of Pontiac, 920 F.2d 1323 (7 th Cir. 1990); Central States, Southeast & Southwest Areas Pension Fund v. PYA/Monarch of Texas, Inc., 851 F.2d 780 (5 th Cir. 1988). One commenter requested clarification that the cessation of a plan shortly before an asset sale is in connection with the sale (and thus that the buying group would be responsible for making COBRA continua- tion coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries in connection with the sale if the buying group is a successor employ- er). The regulations have not been modi- fied for this request. In many circum- stances, cessation of a plan shortly before an asset sale would be considered to be in connection with the sale. However, there may be cases in which the plan was being terminated for an unrelated reason. The application of this rule in any particular case depends on all the relevant facts and circumstances. The preamble to the 1999 proposed regulations included a description of a potential rule that the IRS and Treasury were considering adopting and solicited comments on that potential rule. The rule would have provided that no loss of cov- erage occurs, and thus no qualifying event occurs, if a purchaser of assets maintains substantially the same plan for continuing employees for what would otherwise be the maximum coverage period (generally 18 months). The IRS and Treasury also acknowledged in the 1999 preamble con- cerns about protecting the rights of quali- fied beneficiaries in this situation. After consideration of the comments, the IRS and Treasury have determined not to adopt such a special rule. Thus, under these final regulations, in an asset sale, employees who terminate employment with the seller and who no longer get health coverage from the seller experience a qualifying event with respect to the sell- er’s plan even though they are employed by the buyer at the same jobs they had with the seller and have the same health coverage through the buyer. Like the 1999 proposed regulations, these final regulations do not address how February 20, 20016882001–8 I.R.B. the obligation to make COBRA continua- tion coverage available is affected by the transfer of an ownership interest in a non- corporate entity. However, it is intended that, in general, the principles reflected in the rules in the final regulations for trans- fers of ownership interests in corporate entities should apply in a similar fashion in analogous cases involving the transfer of ownership interests in noncorporate entities. Employer Withdrawals from Multiemployer Plans The 1999 proposed regulations relating to employer withdrawals from a multiem- ployer plan are adopted with two changes and two additional examples to illustrate the rules as changed. The general approach of the 1999 proposed regula- tions is retained. However, the proposed rule renders an employer who stops con- tributing to a multiemployer plan respon- sible for making COBRA continuation coverage available to qualified beneficia- ries associated with that employer only if the employer establishes a new plan to cover active employees formerly covered under the multiemployer plan. Several commenters suggested that the employer should also be responsible for COBRA if the coverage provided to employees for- merly covered under the multiemployer plan comes from an existing plan of the employer (rather than from a new plan). The final rules have been revised to apply the general approach to existing plans as well as to new plans. The 1999 proposed regulations also place a threshold condition on the obliga- tion of an employer or subsequent multi- employer plan to make COBRA coverage available to existing qualified beneficia- ries associated with the withdrawing employer. That threshold is that the employer or subsequent multiemployer plan must cover a significant number of the employer’s employees formerly cov- ered under the multiemployer plan. Several commenters requested further guidance on what a significant number was in this context. Some of them also wanted to know what purpose this thresh- old condition serves. The intent in impos- ing this threshold condition in the pro- posed regulations was to leave responsibility for COBRA compliance with the existing multiemployer plan in a case where, for example, only one or two of the employees formerly covered under the multiemployer plan were transferred into management and became covered under a plan of the employer for which union employees were not eligible. The final rule has been revised to more clearly accomplish this intent. This threshold condition has been revised so that the employer plan or subsequent multiem- ployer plan has responsibility for COBRA compliance once coverage under the plan is available to a class of employees for- merly covered under the multiemployer plan. New examples illustrate the appli- cation of this standard. Several commenters expressed concern that the proposed regulations would require multiemployer plans to begin investigating why an employer stops con- tributing to the multiemployer plan and to determine whether the withdrawing employer subsequently covered union (or former union) employees under a single employer plan. Concern was also expressed that the proposed regulations would require the multiemployer plan to keep employer-by-employer data for qualified beneficiaries receiving COBRA continuation coverage. The IRS and Treasury recognized when they proposed these rules that in many industries it is impracticable for multiemployer plans to determine whether an employer that stops contributing to a multiemployer plan cov- ers union employees under its own plan and that it is impracticable to maintain employer-specific data on employees and qualified beneficiaries. If a multiemploy- er plan finds it easier to make COBRA coverage available for the maximum cov- erage period, these final regulations do not require the plan to start gathering information that is difficult to assemble. Such a plan can comply with the COBRA continuation coverage requirements by making COBRA continuation coverage available to existing qualified beneficia- ries in accordance with the general rules for the duration of COBRA continuation coverage (in §54.4980B–7). One commenter requested clarification of the proposed rules if an employer establishes a plan for employees formerly covered under the multiemployer plan but applies a waiting period before the employees are eligible for coverage under that plan. These final regulations clarify that the employer’s obligation does not arise until the employer makes coverage available. Thus, the multiemployer plan would be responsible for COBRA cover- age until the waiting period under the employer’s plan had expired for a class of employees formerly covered under the multiemployer plan. Several commenters submitted substan- tially similar comments requesting that the rules be revised so that a multiem- ployer plan no longer receiving contribu- tions from a certain employer would not be required to make COBRA continuation coverage available to any qualified bene- ficiaries affiliated with that employer. Such an approach, however, would not resolve the problem of qualified benefi- ciaries not having access to COBRA cov- erage, and the statutory basis for such a position is questionable in situations in which none of the statutory reasons for ending a plan’s obligation to make COBRA coverage available to a particular qualified beneficiary is present. The final regulations do not adopt this suggestion. The IRS and Treasury received an inquiry about who has the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to existing qualified beneficia- ries in a situation that reverses the situa- tion addressed in the proposed rules, one in which employees cease to be covered under a plan maintained by their employ- er and commence to be covered under a multiemployer plan. In such a situation, the existing qualified beneficiaries should get the same coverage that similarly situ- ated nonCOBRA beneficiaries are receiv- ing, that is, the coverage under the multi- employer plan. The 1999 final regulations suggest this result in describ- ing what COBRA continuation coverage is. However, the language used in the 1999 final regulations can be read to sug- gest that this is the result only when cov- erage is under the same plan: “If cover- age under the planis modified for similarly situated nonCOBRA beneficia- ries, then the coverage made available to qualified beneficiaries is modified in the same way.” (Q&A-1(a) of §54.4980B–5; emphasis added.) These final regulations delete the phrase “under the plan” from the quoted language to make clear that if coverage for the similarly situated nonCOBRA beneficiaries is modified by switching from one plan to another, then 2001–8 I.R.B.689February 20, 2001 coverage for the qualified beneficiaries is modified by switching to the other plan too. Although this amendment is being made due to an inquiry about a switch from a single-employer plan to a multi- employer plan, it applies in any situation in which coverage for nonCOBRA benefi- ciaries is terminated under one plan and commences under another, including those situations in which a single employ- er maintains both plans. COBRA and FMLA The 1999 proposed regulations relating to how COBRA applies in connection with leave taken under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA) are adopted as final regulations with one minor addition. One commenter observed that the 1999 proposed regulations sug- gest by way of cross reference in an example that the Labor regulations in 29 CFR part 825, not the COBRA regula- tions, determine when FMLA leave ends. This commenter requested that this sug- gestion in an example be made express in the text of the rules. The final regulations add in the text of the rules (preceding the examples) that the end of FMLA leave is not determined under these regulations but under the regulations in 29 CFR part 825. Effective Date This Treasury decision applies with respect to qualifying events occurring on or after January 1, 2002, except as provid- ed in the following paragraphs. Paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) in Q&A-5 of §54.4980B–2 (relating to the counting of employees for purposes of the small employer plan exception) are applicable beginning January 1, 2002 for determina- tions made with reference to the number of employees in calendar year 2001 or later. Q&A-4 of §54.4980B–7 (describing the maximum coverage period) is applic- able with respect to individuals who are qualified beneficiaries on or after January 1, 2002. (See Q&A-1(f) of §54.4980B–3, under which an individual ceases to be a qualified beneficiary once the plan’s obligation to provide COBRA continua- tion coverage to the individual has ended.) Q&A-1 through Q&A-8 of §54.4980B–9 (containing rules for busi- ness reorganizations) are applicable with respect to business reorganizations that take effect on or after January 1, 2002. Q&A-9 and Q&A-10 of §54.4980B–9 (containing rules for employer withdrawals from a multiemployer plan) are applicable with respect to cessations of contributions that occur on or after January 1, 2002. For this purpose, a cessation of contributions occurs on or after January 1, 2002, if the employer’s last contribution to the plan is made on or after January 1, 2002. Section 54.4980B–10 (relating to the interaction of COBRA and FMLA leave) is applicable with respect to FMLA leave that begins on or after January 1, 2002. Special Analyses It has been determined that this Treasury decision is not a significant reg- ulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It also has been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regula- tions, and because the regulations do not impose a collection of information requirement on small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply. Therefore, a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis is not required. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, the notice of proposed rulemak- ing preceding these regulations was sub- mitted to the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business. Drafting Information The principal author of these regula- tions is Russ Weinheimer, Office of the Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and Government Entities). However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury Department partici- pated in their development. * * * * * Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations Accordingly, 26 CFR part 54 is amend- ed as follows: PART 54 – PENSION EXCISE TAXES Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 54 is amended in part by adding entries in numerical order to read as follows: Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * * Section 54.4980B–9 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 4980B. Section 54.4980B–10 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 4980B. * * * Par. 2. Section 54.4980B–0 is amend- ed by: 1. Revising the introductory text. 2. Adding entries for §§54.4980B–9 and 54.4980B–10 at the end of the “List of Sections”. 3. Revising the entry for Q-2 of §54.4980B–1 in the “List of Questions”. 4. Revising the entries for Q-3 and Q- 6 of §54.4980B–2 in the “List of Questions”. 5. Revising the entry for Q-4 of §54.4980B–7 in the “List of Questions”. 6. Adding entries for the section head- ings for §§54.4980B–9 and 54.4980B–10 in the “List of Questions”. The additions and revisions read as fol- lows: §54.4980B–0 Table of contents. This section contains first a list of the section headings and then a list of the ques- tions in each section in §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10. LIST OF SECTIONS * * * * * §54.4980B–9 Business reorganizations and employer withdrawals from multiemployer plans. §54.4980B–10 Interaction of FMLA and COBRA. LIST OF QUESTIONS §54.4980B–1 COBRA in general. * * * * * Q-2: What standard applies for topics not addressed in §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10? * * * * * §54.4980B–2 Plans that must comply. * * * * * Q-3: What is a multiemployer plan? * * * * * Q-6: How is the number of group health plans that an employer or employee organization maintains determined? * * * * * February 20, 20016902001–8 I.R.B. §54.4980B–7 Duration of COBRA continuation coverage. * * * * * Q-4: When does the maximum coverage period end? * * * * * §54.4980B–9 Business reorganizations and employer withdrawals from multiemployer plans. Q-1: For purposes of this section, what are a business reorganization, a stock sale, and an asset sale? Q-2: In the case of a stock sale, what are the selling group, the acquired orga- nization, and the buying group? Q-3: In the case of an asset sale, what are the selling group and the buying group? Q-4: Who is an M&A qualified benefi- ciary? Q-5: In the case of a stock sale, is the sale a qualifying event with respect to a covered employee who is employed by the acquired organization before the sale and who continues to be employed by the acquired organiza- tion after the sale, or with respect to the spouse or dependent children of such a covered employee? Q-6: In the case of an asset sale, is the sale a qualifying event with respect to a covered employee whose employment immediately before the sale was associated with the pur- chased assets, or with respect to the spouse or dependent children of such a covered employee who are covered under a group health plan of the selling group immediately before the sale? Q-7: In a business reorganization, are the buying group and the selling group permitted to allocate by contract the responsibility to make COBRA con- tinuation coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries? Q-8: Which group health plan has the obligation to make COBRA contin- uation coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries in a business reorganization? Q-9: Can the cessation of contributions by an employer to a multiemployer group health plan be a qualifying event? Q-10: If an employer stops contributing to a multiemployer group health plan, does the multiemployer plan have the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to a qualified beneficiary who was receiving coverage under the multiemployer plan on the day before the cessation of contribu- tions and who is, or whose qualify- ing event occurred in connection with, a covered employee whose last employment prior to the quali- fying event was with the employer that has stopped contributing to the multiemployer plan? §54.4980B–10 Interaction of FMLA and COBRA. Q-1: In what circumstances does a quali- fying event occur if an employee does not return from leave taken under FMLA? Q-2: If a qualifying event described in Q&A-1 of this section occurs, when does it occur, and how is the maximum coverage period mea- sured? Q-3: If an employee fails to pay the employee portion of premiums for coverage under a group health plan during FMLA leave or declines cov- erage under a group health plan dur- ing FMLA leave, does this affect the determination of whether or when the employee has experienced a qualifying event? Q-4: Is the application of the rules in Q&A-1 through Q&A-3 of this sec- tion affected by a requirement of state or local law to provide a peri- od of coverage longer than that required under FMLA? Q-5: May COBRA continuation cover- age be conditioned upon reimburse- ment of the premiums paid by the employer for coverage under a group health plan during FMLA leave? Par. 3. Section 54.4980B–1 is amend- ed by: 1. Removing the language “54.4980 B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in the last sentence of paragraph (a) in A-1. 2. Removing the language “54.4980 B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in the third sentence and the last sentence of paragraph (b) in A-1. 3. Removing the last sentence of para- graph (c) in A-1 and adding two sentences in its place. 4. Revising Q&A-2. The addition and revision read as fol- lows: §54.4980B–1 COBRA in general. * * * * * A-1: * * * (c) * * * Section 54.4980B–9 contains special rules for how COBRA applies in connection with business reorganizations and employer withdrawals from a multi- employer plan, and §54.4980B–10 addresses how COBRA applies for indi- viduals who take leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993. Unless the context indicates otherwise, any refer- ence in §§54.4980B–1 through §54.4980B–10 to COBRA refers to sec- tion 4980B (as amended) and to the paral- lel provisions of ERISA. Q-2: What standard applies for topics not addressed in §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10? A-2: For purposes of section 4980B, for topics relating to the COBRA continuation coverage require- ments of section 4980B that are not addressed in §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10 (such as methods for calculating the applicable premium), plans and employers must operate in good faith compliance with a reason- able interpretation of the statutory requirements in section 4980B. Par. 4. Section 54.4980B–2 is amend- ed by: 1. Revising paragraph (a) in A-1. 2. Removing the language “54.4980 B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in the first sentence of paragraph (b) in A-1. 3. Revising A-2. 4. Adding Q&A-3. 5. Removing the language “54.4980 B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in the last sentence of paragraph (a) in A-4. 6. Adding a sentence immediately before the last sentence of the introducto- ry text of paragraph (a) in A-5. 7. Removing the language “54.4980 B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in the last sentence of the introduc- 2001–8 I.R.B.691February 20, 2001 tory text of paragraph (c) in A-5. 8. Adding paragraphs (d), (e), and (f) in A-5. 9. Adding Q&A-6. 10. Revising A-8. 11. Revising paragraph (a) in A-10. The additions and revisions read as fol- lows: §54.4980B–2 Plans that must comply. * * * * * A-1: (a) For purposes of section 4980B,a group health plan is a plan maintained by an employer or employee organization to provide health care to individuals who have an employment- related connection to the employer or employee organization or to their fami- lies. Individuals who have an employ- ment-related connection to the employer or employee organization consist of employees, former employees, the employer, and others associated or for- merly associated with the employer or employee organization in a business rela- tionship (including members of a union who are not currently employees). Health care is provided under a plan whether provided directly or through insurance, reimbursement, or otherwise, and whether or not provided through an on-site facility (except as set forth in paragraph (d) of this Q&A-1), or through a cafeteria plan (as defined in section 125) or other flexible benefit arrange- ment. (See paragraphs (b) through (e) in Q&A-8 of this section for rules regarding the application of the COBRA continua- tion coverage requirements to certain health flexible spending arrangements.) For purposes of this Q&A-1, insurance includes not only group insurance poli- cies but also one or more individual insurance policies in any arrangement that involves the provision of health care to two or more employees. A plan main- tained by an employer or employee orga- nization is any plan of, or contributed to (directly or indirectly) by, an employer or employee organization. Thus, a group health plan is maintained by an employer or employee organization even if the employer or employee organization does not contribute to it if coverage under the plan would not be available at the same cost to an individual but for the individ- ual’s employment-related connection to the employer or employee organization. These rules are further explained in para- graphs (b) through (d) of this Q&A-1. An exception for qualified long-term care services is set forth in paragraph (e) of this Q&A-1, and for medical savings accounts in paragraph (f) of this Q&A-1. See Q&A-6 of this section for rules to determine the number of group health plans that an employer or employee orga- nization maintains. * * * * * A-2: (a) For purposes of section 4980B, employer refers to — (1) A person for whom services are performed; (2) Any other person that is a member of a group described in section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) that includes a person described in paragraph (a)(1) of this Q&A-2; and (3) Any successor of a person described in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this Q&A-2. (b) An employer is a successor employer if it results from a consolida- tion, merger, or similar restructuring of the employer or if it is a mere continua- tion of the employer. See paragraph (c) in Q&A-8 of §54.4980B–9 for rules describ- ing the circumstances in which a purchas- er of substantial assets is a successor employer to the employer selling the assets. Q-3: What is a multiemployer plan? A-3: For purposes of §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10, a multiemployer plan is a plan to which more than one employer is required to contribute, that is maintained pursuant to one or more col- lective bargaining agreements between one or more employee organizations and more than one employer, and that satisfies such other requirements as the Secretary of Labor may prescribe by regulation. Whenever reference is made in §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10 to a plan of or maintained by an employer or employee organization, the reference includes a multiemployer plan. * * * * * A-5: (a) * * * See Q&A-6 of this sec- tion for rules to determine the number of plans that an employer or employee orga- nization maintains. * * * * * * * * (d) In determining the number of the employees of an employer, each full-time employee is counted as one employee and each part-time employee is counted as a fraction of an employee, determined in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Q&A-5. (e) An employer may determine the number of its employees on a daily basis or a pay period basis. The basis used by the employer must be used with respect to all employees of the employer and must be used for the entire year for which the number of employees is being deter- mined. If an employer determines the number of its employees on a daily basis, it must determine the actual number of full-time employees on each typical busi- ness day and the actual number of part- time employees and the hours worked by each of those part-time employees on each typical business day. Each full-time employee counts as one employee on each typical business day and each part-time employee counts as a fraction, with the numerator of the fraction equal to the number of hours worked by that employ- ee and the denominator equal to the num- ber of hours that must be worked on a typ- ical business day in order to be considered a full-time employee. If an employer determines the number of its employees on a pay period basis, it must determine the actual number of full-time employees employed during that pay period and the actual number of part-time employees employed and the hours worked by each of those part-time employees during the pay period. For each day of that pay peri- od, each full-time employee counts as one employee and each part-time employee counts as a fraction, with the numerator of the fraction equal to the number of hours worked by that employee during that pay period and the denominator equal to the number of hours that must be worked dur- ing that pay period in order to be consid- ered a full-time employee. The determi- nation of the number of hours required to be considered a full-time employee is based upon the employer’s employment practices, except that in no event may the hours required to be considered a full- time employee exceed eight hours for any day or 40 hours for any week. (f) In the case of a multiemployer plan, the determination of whether the plan is a small-employer plan on any particular date depends on which employers are contributing to the plan on that date and on the workforce of those employers dur- February 20, 20016922001–8 I.R.B. ing the preceding calendar year. If a plan that is otherwise subject to COBRA ceas- es to be a small-employer plan because of the addition during a calendar year of an employer that did not normally employ fewer than 20 employees on a typical business day during the preceding calen- dar year, the plan ceases to be excepted from COBRA immediately upon the addi- tion of the new employer. In contrast, if the plan ceases to be a small-employer plan by reason of an increase during a cal- endar year in the workforce of an employ- er contributing to the plan, the plan ceas- es to be excepted from COBRA on the January 1 immediately following the cal- endar year in which the employer’s work- force increased. * * * * * Q-6: How is the number of group health plans that an employer or employ- ee organization maintains determined? A-6: (a) The rules of this Q&A-6 apply in determining the number of group health plans that an employer or employee orga- nization maintains. All references else- where in §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10 to a group health plan are references to a group health plan as deter- mined under Q&A-1 of this section and this Q&A-6. Except as provided in para- graph (b) or (c) of this Q&A-6, all health care benefits, other than benefits for qual- ified long-term care services (as defined in section 7702B(c)), provided by a cor- poration, partnership, or other entity or trade or business, or by an employee orga- nization, constitute one group health plan, unless — (1) It is clear from the instruments gov- erning an arrangement or arrangements to provide health care benefits that the bene- fits are being provided under separate plans; and (2) The arrangement or arrangements are operated pursuant to such instruments as separate plans. (b) A multiemployer plan and a non- multiemployer plan are always separate plans. (c) If a principal purpose of establish- ing separate plans is to evade any require- ment of law, then the separate plans will be considered a single plan to the extent necessary to prevent the evasion. (d) The significance of treating an arrangement as two or more separate group health plans is illustrated by the fol- lowing examples: Example 1. (i) Employer Xmaintains a single group health plan, which provides major medical and prescription drug benefits. Employer Ymain- tains two group health plans; one provides major medical benefits and the other provides prescription drug benefits. (ii) X’s plan could comply with the COBRA con- tinuation coverage requirements by giving a quali- fied beneficiary experiencing a qualifying event with respect to X’s plan the choice of either electing both major medical and prescription drug benefits or not receiving any COBRA continuation coverage under X’s plan. By contrast, for Y’s plans to comply with the COBRA continuation coverage requirements, a qualified beneficiary experiencing a qualifying event with respect to each of Y’s plans must be given the choice of electing COBRA continuation coverage under either the major medical plan or the prescrip- tion drug plan or both. Example 2. If a joint board of trustees adminis- ters one multiemployer plan, that plan will fail to qualify for the small-employer plan exception if any one of the employers whose employees are covered under the plan normally employed 20 or more employees during the preceding calendar year. However, if the joint board of trustees maintains two or more multiemployer plans, then the exception would be available with respect to each of those plans in which each of the employers whose employ- ees are covered under the plan normally employed fewer than 20 employees during the preceding cal- endar year. * * * * * A-8: (a)(1) The provision of health care benefits does not fail to be a group health plan merely because those benefits are offered under a cafeteria plan (as defined in section 125) or under any other arrangement under which an employee is offered a choice between health care ben- efits and other taxable or nontaxable ben- efits. However, the COBRA continuation coverage requirements apply only to the type and level of coverage under the cafe- teria plan or other flexible benefit arrangement that a qualified beneficiary is actually receiving on the day before the qualifying event. See paragraphs (b) through (e) of this Q&A-8 for rules limit- ing the obligations of certain health flexi- ble spending arrangements. (2) The rules of this paragraph (a) are illustrated by the following example: Example: (i) Under the terms of a cafeteria plan, employees can choose among life insurance cover- age, membership in a health maintenance organiza- tion (HMO), coverage for medical expenses under an indemnity arrangement, and cash compensation. Of these available choices, the HMO and the indem- nity arrangement are the arrangements providing health care. The instruments governing the HMO and indemnity arrangements indicate that they are separate group health plans. These group health plans are subject to COBRA. The employer does not provide any group health plan outside of the cafete- ria plan. Band Care unmarried employees. Bhas chosen the life insurance coverage, and Chas chosen the indemnity arrangement. (ii) Bdoes not have to be offered COBRA con- tinuation coverage upon terminating employment, nor is a subsequent open enrollment period for active employees required to be made available to B. However, if Cterminates employment and the ter- mination constitutes a qualifying event, Cmust be offered an opportunity to elect COBRA continuation coverage under the indemnity arrangement. If C makes such an election and an open enrollment peri- od for active employees occurs while Cis still receiving the COBRA continuation coverage, C must be offered the opportunity to switch from the indemnity arrangement to the HMO (but not to the life insurance coverage because that does not consti- tute coverage provided under a group health plan). (b) If a health flexible spending arrangement (health FSA), within the meaning of section 106(c)(2), satisfies the two conditions in paragraph (c) of this Q&A-8 for a plan year, the obligation of the health FSA to make COBRA continu- ation coverage available to a qualified beneficiary who experiences a qualifying event in that plan year is limited in accor- dance with paragraphs (d) and (e) of this Q&A-8, as illustrated by an example in paragraph (f) of this Q&A-8. To the extent that a health FSA is obligated to make COBRA continuation coverage available to a qualified beneficiary, the health FSA must comply with all the applicable rules of §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10, including the rules of Q&A-3 in §54.4980B–5 (relating to limits). (c) The conditions of this paragraph (c) are satisfied if — (1) Benefits provided under the health FSA are excepted benefits within the meaning of sections 9831 and 9832; and (2) The maximum amount that the health FSA can require to be paid for a year of COBRA continuation coverage under Q&A-1 of §54.4980B–8 equals or exceeds the maximum benefit available under the health FSA for the year. (d) If the conditions in paragraph (c) of this Q&A-8 are satisfied for a plan year, then the health FSA is not obligated to make COBRA continuation coverage available for any subsequent plan year to any qualified beneficiary who experiences a qualifying event during that plan year. (e) If the conditions in paragraph (c) of this Q&A-8 are satisfied for a plan year, 2001–8 I.R.B.693February 20, 2001 the health FSA is not obligated to make COBRA continuation coverage available for that plan year to any qualified benefi- ciary who experiences a qualifying event during that plan year unless, as of the date of the qualifying event, the qualified ben- eficiary can become entitled to receive during the remainder of the plan year a benefit that exceeds the maximum amount that the health FSA is permitted to require to be paid for COBRA continuation cov- erage for the remainder of the plan year. In determining the amount of the benefit that a qualified beneficiary can become entitled to receive during the remainder of the plan year, the health FSA may deduct from the maximum benefit available to that qualified beneficiary for the year (based on the election made under the health FSA for that qualified beneficiary before the date of the qualifying event) any reimbursable claims submitted to the health FSA for that plan year before the date of the qualifying event. (f) The rules of paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this Q&A-8 are illustrated by the following example: Example. (i) An employer maintains a group health plan providing major medical benefits and a group health plan that is a health FSA, and the plan year for each plan is the calendar year. Both the plan providing major medical benefits and the health FSA are subject to COBRA. Under the health FSA, dur- ing an open season before the beginning of each cal- endar year, employees can elect to reduce their com- pensation during the upcoming year by up to $1200 per year and have that same amount contributed to a health flexible spending account. The employer con- tributes an additional amount to the account equal to the employee’s salary reduction election for the year. Thus, the maximum amount available to an employ- ee under the health FSA for a year is two times the amount of the employee’s salary reduction election for the year. This amount may be paid to the employee during the year as reimbursement for health expenses not covered by the employer’s major medical plan (such as deductibles, copay- ments, prescription drugs, or eyeglasses). The employer determined, in accordance with section 4980B(f)(4), that a reasonable estimate of the cost of providing coverage for similarly situated nonCOBRA beneficiaries for 2002 under this health FSA is equal to two times their salary reduction elec- tion for 2002 and, thus, that two times the salary reduction election is the applicable premium for 2002. (ii) Because the employer provides major med- ical benefits under another group health plan, and because the maximum benefit that any employee can receive under the health FSA is not greater than two times the employee’s salary reduction election for the plan year, benefits under this health FSA are excepted benefits within the meaning of sections 9831 and 9832. Thus, the first condition of para- graph (c) of this Q&A-8 is satisfied for the year. The maximum amount that a plan can require to be paid for coverage (outside of coverage required to be made available due to a disability extension) under Q&A-1 of §54.4980B–8 is 102 percent of the applic- able premium. Thus, the maximum amount that the health FSA can require to be paid for coverage for the 2002 plan year is 2.04 times the employee’s salary reduction election for the plan year. Because the maximum benefit available under the health FSA is 2.0 times the employee’s salary reduction election for the year, the maximum benefit available under the health FSA for the year is less than the maximum amount that the health FSA can require to be paid for coverage for the year. Thus, the second condition in paragraph (c) of this Q&A-8 is also satisfied for the 2002 plan year. Because both conditions in para- graph (c) of this Q&A-8 are satisfied for 2002, with respect to any qualifying event occurring in 2002, the health FSA is not obligated to make COBRA continuation coverage available for any year after 2002. (iii) Whether the health FSA is obligated to make COBRA continuation coverage available in 2002 to a qualified beneficiary with respect to a qualifying event that occurs in 2002 depends upon the maxi- mum benefit that would be available to the qualified beneficiary under COBRA continuation coverage for that plan year. Case 1: Employee Bhas elected to reduce B’s salary by $1200 for 2002. Thus, the max- imum benefit that Bcan become entitled to receive under the health FSA during the entire year is $2400. Bexperiences a qualifying event that is the termina- tion of B’s employment on May 31, 2002. As of that date, Bhad submitted $300 of reimbursable expens- es under the health FSA. Thus, the maximum bene- fit that Bcould become entitled to receive for the remainder of 2002 is $2100. The maximum amount that the health FSA can require to be paid for COBRA continuation coverage for the remainder of 2002 is 102 percent times 1/12 of the applicable pre- mium for 2002 times the number of months remain- ing in 2002 after the date of the qualifying event. In B’s case, the maximum amount that the health FSA can require to be paid for COBRA continuation cov- erage for 2002 is 2.04 times $1200, or $2448. One- twelfth of $2448 is $204. Because seven months remain in the plan year, the maximum amount that the health FSA can require to be paid for B’s cover- age for the remainder of the year is seven times $204, or $1428. Because $1428 is less than the max- imum benefit that Bcould become entitled to receive for the remainder of the year ($2100), the health FSA is required to make COBRA continuation cov- erage available to Bfor the remainder of 2002 (but not for any subsequent year). (iv) Case 2: The facts are the same as in Case 1 except that Bhad submitted $1000 of reimbursable expenses as of the date of the qualifying event. In that case, the maximum benefit available to Bfor the remainder of the year would be $1400 instead of $2100. Because the maximum amount that the health FSA can require to be paid for B’s coverage is $1428, and because the $1400 maximum benefit for the remainder of the year does not exceed $1428, the health FSA is not obligated to make COBRA contin- uation coverage available to Bin 2002 (or any later year). (Of course, the administrator of the health FSA is permitted to make COBRA continuation cov- erage available to every qualified beneficiary in the year that the qualified beneficiary’s qualifying event occurs in order to avoid having to determine the maximum benefit available for each qualified bene- ficiary for the remainder of the plan year.) * * * * * A-10: (a) In general, the excise tax is imposed on the employer maintaining the plan, except that in the case of a multiem- ployer plan (see Q&A-3 of this section for a definition of multiemployer plan) the excise tax is imposed on the plan. * * * * * §54.4980B–3 [Amended] Par. 5. Section 54.4980B–3 is amend- ed by: 1. Removing the language “54.49 80B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in the last sentence of paragraph (a)(3) in A-1. 2. Removing the language “54.49 80B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in the first sentence of paragraph (g) in A-1. 3. Removing the language “54.49 80B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in the first and second sentences of paragraph (a)(1) in A-2. 4. Removing the language “54.49 80B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in the first sentence of paragraph (a)(2) in A-2. 5. Removing the language “54.49 80B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in the first and last sentences in paragraph (b) in A-2. 6. Removing the language “54.49 80B–8” and adding “54.4980B–10” in its place in A-3. 7. Removing the language “section 9801(f)(2), and §54.9801–6T(b)” and adding “and section 9801(f)(2)” in its place in the last sentence of paragraph (b) in A-1,. 8. Removing the language “and §54.9801–6T(b)” in the second sentence of paragraph (i) in Example 1of para- graph (h) of A-1. Par. 6. Section 54.4980B–4 is amended by: 1. Adding a sentence at the end of para- graph (a) in A-1. 2. Removing the language “Q&A-1” and adding “Q&A-4” in its place in the fifth sentence of paragraph (c) of A-1. 3. Revising the third sentence in para- graph (e) of A-1. February 20, 20016942001–8 I.R.B. 4. Removing the language “section 9801(f)(2), and §54.9801–6T(b)” and adding “and section 9801(f)(2)” in its place in paragraph (i) in Example 4of paragraph (g) in A-1. The addition and revision read as fol- lows: §54.4980B–4 Qualifying events. * * * * * A-1: (a) * * * See Q&A-1 through Q&A-3 of §54.4980B–10 for special rules in the case of leave taken under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (29 U.S.C. 2601–2619). * * * * * (e) * * * For example, an absence from work due to disability, a temporary layoff, or any other reason (other than due to leave that is FMLAleave; see §54.4980B–10) is a reduction of hours of a covered employee’s employment if there is not an immediate termination of employment. * * * * * * * * Par. 7. Section 54.4980B–5 is amend- ed by: 1. Revising paragraph (a) of A-1. 2. Revising paragraph (b) in A-4. 3. Removing the language “and §54.9801–6T” in the second sentence of paragraph (a) in A-5. The revisions read as follows: §54.4980B–5 COBRA continuation coverage. * * * * * A-1: (a) If a qualifying event occurs, each qualified beneficiary (other than a qualified beneficiary for whom the quali- fying event will not result in any immedi- ate or deferred loss of coverage) must be offered an opportunity to elect to receive the group health plan coverage that is pro- vided to similarly situated nonCOBRA beneficiaries (ordinarily, the same cover- age that the qualified beneficiary had on the day before the qualifying event). See Q&A-3 of §54.4980B–3 for the definition of similarly situated nonCOBRA benefi- ciaries. This coverage is COBRA contin- uation coverage. If coverage is modified for similarly situated nonCOBRA benefi- ciaries, then the coverage made available to qualified beneficiaries is modified in the same way. If the continuation cover- age offered differs in any way from the coverage made available to similarly situ- ated nonCOBRA beneficiaries, the cover- age offered does not constitute COBRA continuation coverage and the group health plan is not in compliance with COBRA unless other coverage that does constitute COBRA continuation coverage is also offered. Any elimination or reduc- tion of coverage in anticipation of an event described in paragraph (b) of Q&A- 1 of §54.4980B–4 is disregarded for pur- poses of this Q&A-1 and for purposes of any other reference in §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10 to coverage in effect immediately before (or on the day before) a qualifying event. COBRA con- tinuation coverage must not be condi- tioned upon, or discriminate on the basis of lack of, evidence of insurability. * * * * * A-4: * * * (b) If a qualified beneficiary partici- pates in a region-specific benefit package (such as an HMO or an on-site clinic) that will not service her or his health needs in the area to which she or he is relocating (regardless of the reason for the reloca- tion), the qualified beneficiary must be given, within a reasonable period after requesting other coverage, an opportunity to elect alternative coverage that the employer or employee organization makes available to active employees. If the employer or employee organization makes group health plan coverage avail- able to similarly situated nonCOBRA beneficiaries that can be extended in the area to which the qualified beneficiary is relocating, then that coverage is the alter- native coverage that must be made avail- able to the relocating qualified beneficia- ry. If the employer or employee organization does not make group health plan coverage available to similarly situ- ated nonCOBRA beneficiaries that can be extended in the area to which the qualified beneficiary is relocating but makes cover- age available to other employees that can be extended in that area, then the coverage made available to those other employees must be made available to the relocating qualified beneficiary. The effective date of the alternative coverage must be not later than the date of the qualified benefi- ciary’s relocation, or, if later, the first day of the month following the month in which the qualified beneficiary requests the alternative coverage. However, the employer or employee organization is not required to make any other coverage available to the relocating qualified bene- ficiary if the only coverage the employer or employee organization makes available to active employees is not available in the area to which the qualified beneficiary relocates (because all such coverage is region-specific and does not service indi- viduals in that area). * * * * * Par. 8. Section 54.4980B–6 is amended by: 1. Revising the Examplein paragraph (c) of A-1. 2. Revising the first sentence in para- graph (b) of A-3. The revisions read as follows: §54.4980B–6 Electing COBRA continuation coverage. * * * * * A-1: * * * (c) * * * Example. (i) An unmarried employee without children who is receiving employer-paid coverage under a group health plan voluntarily terminates employment on June 1, 2001. The employee is not disabled at the time of the termination of employ- ment nor at any time thereafter, and the plan does not provide for the extension of the required periods (as is permitted under paragraph (b) of Q&A-4 of §54.4980B–7). (ii) Case 1: If the plan provides that the employ- er-paid coverage ends immediately upon the termi- nation of employment, the election period must begin not later than June 1, 2001, and must not end earlier than July 31, 2001. If notice of the right to elect COBRA continuation coverage is not provided to the employee until June 15, 2001, the election period must not end earlier than August 14, 2001. (iii) Case 2: If the plan provides that the employ- er-paid coverage does not end until 6 months after the termination of employment, the employee does not lose coverage until December 1, 2001. The elec- tion period can therefore begin as late as December 1, 2001, and must not end before January 30, 2002. (iv) Case 3: If employer-paid coverage for 6 months after the termination of employment is offered only to those qualified beneficiaries who waive COBRA continuation coverage, the employee loses coverage on June 1, 2001, so the election peri- od is the same as in Case 1. The difference between Case 2 and Case 3 is that in Case 2 the employee can receive 6 months of employer-paid coverage and then elect to pay for up to an additional 12 months of COBRA continuation coverage, while in Case 3 the employee must choose between 6 months of employer-paid coverage and paying for up to 18 months of COBRA continuation coverage. In all three cases, COBRA continuation coverage need not be provided for more than 18 months after the ter- mination of employment (see Q&A-4 of §54.4980B–7), and in certain circumstances might be provided for a shorter period (see Q&A-1 of §54.4980B–7). * * * * * 2001–8 I.R.B.695February 20, 2001 A-3: * * * (b) In the case of an indemnity or reimbursement arrangement, the employer or employee organization can provide for plan coverage during the election period or, if the plan allows retroactive reinstatement, the employer or employee organization can terminate the coverage of the qualified beneficiary and reinstate her or him when the elec- tion (and, if applicable, payment for the coverage) is made. * * * * * * * * Par. 9. Section 54.4980B–7 is amended by: 1. Revising paragraph (a) of A-1. 2. Adding Q&A-4. 3. Revising the second sentence in paragraph (c) of A-5. 4. Revising paragraph (b) of Q&A-6. 5. Removing the language “Q&A-1” and adding “Q&A-4” in its place in para- graph (a) of A-7. The addition and revisions read as fol- lows: §54.4980B–7 Duration of COBRA continuation coverage. * * * * * A-1: (a) Except for an interruption of coverage in connection with a waiver, as described in Q&A-4 of §54.4980B–6, COBRA continuation coverage that has been elected for a qualified beneficiary must extend for at least the period begin- ning on the date of the qualifying event and ending not before the earliest of the following dates — (1) The last day of the maximum cov- erage period (see Q&A-4 of this section); (2) The first day for which timely pay- ment is not made to the plan with respect to the qualified beneficiary (see Q&A-5 in §54.4980B–8); (3) The date upon which the employer or employee organization ceases to pro- vide any group health plan (including suc- cessor plans) to any employee; (4) The date, after the date of the elec- tion, upon which the qualified beneficiary first becomes covered under any other group health plan, as described in Q&A-2 of this section; (5) The date, after the date of the elec- tion, upon which the qualified beneficiary first becomes entitled to Medicare bene- fits, as described in Q&A-3 of this sec- tion; and (6) In the case of a qualified beneficia- ry entitled to a disability extension (see Q&A-5 of this section), the later of — (i) Either 29 months after the date of the qualifying event, or the first day of the month that is more than 30 days after the date of a final determination under Title II or XVI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 401–433 or 1381–1385) that the disabled qualified beneficiary whose dis- ability resulted in the qualified beneficia- ry’s being entitled to the disability exten- sion is no longer disabled, whichever is earlier; or (ii) The end of the maximum coverage period that applies to the qualified benefi- ciary without regard to the disability extension. * * * * * Q-4: When does the maximum cover- age period end? A-4: (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Q&A-4, the maximum coverage period ends 36 months after the qualifying event. The maximum coverage period for a qualified beneficiary who is a child born to or placed for adoption with a covered employee during a period of COBRA con- tinuation coverage is the maximum cover- age period for the qualifying event giving rise to the period of COBRA continuation coverage during which the child was born or placed for adoption. Paragraph (b) of this Q&A-4 describes the starting point from which the end of the maximum cov- erage period is measured. The date that the maximum coverage period ends is described in paragraph (c) of this Q&A-4 in a case where the qualifying event is a termination of employment or reduction of hours of employment, in paragraph (d) of this Q&A-4 in a case where a covered employee becomes entitled to Medicare benefits under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395–1395ggg) before experiencing a qualifying event that is a termination of employment or reduction of hours of employment, and in paragraph (e) of this Q&A-4 in the case of a qualifying event that is the bankruptcy of the employer. See Q&A-8 of §54.4980B–2 for limitations that apply to certain health flexible spending arrange- ments. See also Q&A-6 of this section in the case of multiple qualifying events. Nothing in §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10 prohibits a group health plan from providing coverage that contin- ues beyond the end of the maximum cov- erage period. (b)(1) The end of the maximum cover- age period is measured from the date of the qualifying event even if the qualifying event does not result in a loss of coverage under the plan until a later date. If, how- ever, coverage under the plan is lost at a later date and the plan provides for the extension of the required periods, then the maximum coverage period is measured from the date when coverage is lost. A plan provides for the extension of the required periods if it provides both — (i) That the 30-day notice period (dur- ing which the employer is required to notify the plan administrator of the occur- rence of certain qualifying events such as the death of the covered employee or the termination of employment or reduction of hours of employment of the covered employee) begins on the date of the loss of coverage rather than on the date of the qualifying event; and (ii) That the end of the maximum cov- erage period is measured from the date of the loss of coverage rather than from the date of the qualifying event. (2) In the case of a plan that provides for the extension of the required periods, whenever the rules of §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10 refer to the mea- surement of a period from the date of the qualifying event, those rules apply in such a case by measuring the period instead from the date of the loss of coverage. (c) In the case of a qualifying event that is a termination of employment or reduction of hours of employment, the maximum coverage period ends 18 months after the qualifying event if there is no disability extension, and 29 months after the qualifying event if there is a dis- ability extension. See Q&A-5 of this sec- tion for rules to determine if there is a dis- ability extension. If there is a disability extension and the disabled qualified bene- ficiary is later determined to no longer be disabled, then a plan may terminate the COBRA continuation coverage of an affected qualified beneficiary before the end of the disability extension; see para- graph (a)(6) in Q&A-1 of this section. (d)(1) If a covered employee becomes entitled to Medicare benefits under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395–1395ggg) before experienc- ing a qualifying event that is a termination February 20, 20016962001–8 I.R.B. of employment or reduction of hours of employment, the maximum coverage period for qualified beneficiaries other than the covered employee ends on the later of — (i) 36 months after the date the covered employee became entitled to Medicare benefits; or (ii) 18 months (or 29 months, if there is a disability extension) after the date of the covered employee’s termination of employment or reduction of hours of employment. (2) See paragraph (b) of Q&A-3 of this section regarding the determination of when a covered employee becomes enti- tled to Medicare benefits. (e) In the case of a qualifying event that is the bankruptcy of the employer, the maximum coverage period for a qualified beneficiary who is the retired covered employee ends on the date of the retired covered employee’s death. The maximum coverage period for a qualified beneficia- ry who is the spouse, surviving spouse, or dependent child of the retired covered employee ends on the earlier of — (1) The date of the qualified beneficia- ry’s death; or (2) The date that is 36 months after the death of the retired covered employee. * * * * * A-5: * * * (c) * * * For this purpose, the period of the first 60 days of COBRA continuation coverage is measured from the date of the qualifying event described in paragraph (b) of this Q&A-5 (except that if a loss of coverage would occur at a later date in the absence of an election for COBRA con- tinuation coverage and if the plan pro- vides for the extension of the required periods (as described in paragraph (b) of Q&A-4 of this section) then the period of the first 60 days of COBRA continuation coverage is measured from the date on which the coverage would be lost). * * * * * * * * A-6: * * * (b) The requirements of this paragraph (b) are satisfied if a qualifying event that gives rise to an 18-month maximum cov- erage period (or a 29-month maximum coverage period in the case of a disability extension) is followed, within that 18- month period (or within that 29-month period, in the case of a disability exten- sion), by a second qualifying event (for example, a death or a divorce) that gives rise to a 36-month maximum coverage period. (Thus, a termination of employ- ment following a qualifying event that is a reduction of hours of employment cannot be a second qualifying event that expands the maximum coverage period; the bank- ruptcy of an employer also cannot be a second qualifying event that expands the maximum coverage period.) In such a case, the original 18-month period (or 29- month period, in the case of a disability extension) is expanded to 36 months, but only for those individuals who were qual- ified beneficiaries under the group health plan in connection with the first qualify- ing event and who are still qualified ben- eficiaries at the time of the second quali- fying event. No qualifying event (other than a qualifying event that is the bank- ruptcy of the employer) can give rise to a maximum coverage period that ends more than 36 months after the date of the first qualifying event (or more than 36 months after the date of the loss of coverage, in the case of a plan that provides for the extension of the required periods; see paragraph (b) in Q&A-4 of this section). For example, if an employee covered by a group health plan that is subject to COBRA terminates employment (for rea- sons other than gross misconduct) on December 31, 2000, the termination is a qualifying event giving rise to a maxi- mum coverage period that extends for 18 months to June 30, 2002. If the employee dies after the employee and the employ- ee’s spouse and dependent children have elected COBRA continuation coverage and on or before June 30, 2002, the spouse and dependent children (except anyone among them whose COBRA con- tinuation coverage had already ended for some other reason) will be able to receive COBRA continuation coverage through December 31, 2003. See Q&A-8(b) of §54.4980B–2 for a special rule that applies to certain health flexible spending arrangements. * * * * * Par. 10. Section 54.4980B–8 is amend- ed by: 1. Revising paragraph (c) in A-1. 2. Adding a new sentence at the end of paragraph (d) and adding paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) in A-5. The revision and addition read as fol- lows: §54.4980B–8 Paying for COBRA continuation coverage. * * * * * A-1: * * * * * * * * (c) A group health plan does not fail to comply with section 9802(b) (which gen- erally prohibits an individual from being charged, on the basis of health status, a higher premium than that charged for sim- ilarly situated individuals enrolled in the plan) with respect to a qualified beneficia- ry entitled to the disability extension merely because the plan requires payment of an amount permitted under paragraph (b) of this Q&A-1. * * * * * A-5: * * * (d) * * * An amount is not significant- ly less than the amount the plan requires to be paid for a period of coverage if and only if the shortfall is no greater than the lesser of the following two amounts — (1) Fifty dollars (or such other amount as the Commissioner may provide in a revenue ruling, notice, or other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see §601.601(d)(2)(ii) of this chapter)); or (2) 10 percent of the amount the plan requires to be paid. * * * * * Par. 11. Sections 54.4980B–9 and 54.4980B–10 are added to read as fol- lows: §54.4980B–9 Business reorganizations and employer withdrawals from multiemployer plans. The following questions-and-answers address who has the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to affected qualified beneficiaries in the context of business reorganizations and employer withdrawals from multiemploy- er plans: Q-1: For purposes of this section, what are a business reorganization, a stock sale, and an asset sale? A-1: For purposes of this section: (a) Abusiness reorganizationis a stock sale or an asset sale. (b) Astock saleis a transfer of stock in a corporation that causes the corporation to become a different employer or a mem- ber of a different employer. (See Q&A-2 of §54.4980B–2, which defines employer 2001–8 I.R.B.697February 20, 2001 to include all members of a controlled group of corporations.) Thus, for exam- ple, a sale or distribution of stock in a cor- poration that causes the corporation to cease to be a member of one controlled group of corporations, whether or not it becomes a member of another controlled group of corporations, is a stock sale. (c) An asset saleis a transfer of sub- stantial assets, such as a plant or division or substantially all the assets of a trade or business. (d) The rules of §1.414(b)–1 of this chapter apply in determining what consti- tutes a controlled group of corporations, and the rules of §§1.414(c)–1 through 1.414(c)–5 of this chapter apply in deter- mining what constitutes a group of trades or businesses under common control. Q-2: In the case of a stock sale, what are the selling group, the acquired organi- zation, and the buying group? A-2: In the case of a stock sale — (a) The selling groupis the controlled group of corporations, or the group of trades or businesses under common con- trol, of which a corporation ceases to be a member as a result of the stock sale; (b) The acquired organizationis the corporation that ceases to be a member of the selling group as a result of the stock sale; and (c) The buying groupis the controlled group of corporations, or the group of trades or businesses under common con- trol, of which the acquired organization becomes a member as a result of the stock sale. If the acquired organization does not become a member of such a group, the buying groupis the acquired organization. Q-3: In the case of an asset sale, what are the selling group and the buying group? A-3: In the case of an asset sale — (a) The selling groupis the controlled group of corporations or the group of trades or businesses under common con- trol that includes the corporation or other trade or business that is selling the assets; and (b) The buying groupis the controlled group of corporations or the group of trades or businesses under common con- trol that includes the corporation or other trade or business that is buying the assets. Q-4: Who is an M&A qualified benefi- ciary? A-4: (a) Asset sales: In the case of an asset sale, an individual is an M&A qual- ified beneficiary if the individual is a qualified beneficiary whose qualifying event occurred prior to or in connection with the sale and who is, or whose quali- fying event occurred in connection with, a covered employee whose last employ- ment prior to the qualifying event was associated with the assets being sold. (b) Stock sales: In the case of a stock sale, an individual is an M&A qualified beneficiary if the individual is a qualified beneficiary whose qualifying event occurred prior to or in connection with the sale and who is, or whose qualifying event occurred in connection with, a covered employee whose last employment prior to the qualifying event was with the acquired organization. (c) In the case of a qualified beneficia- ry who has experienced more than one qualifying event with respect to her or his current right to COBRA continuation cov- erage, the qualifying event referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Q&A-4 is the first qualifying event. Q-5: In the case of a stock sale, is the sale a qualifying event with respect to a covered employee who is employed by the acquired organization before the sale and who continues to be employed by the acquired organization after the sale, or with respect to the spouse or dependent children of such a covered employee? A-5: No. A covered employee who continues to be employed by the acquired organization after the sale does not expe- rience a termination of employment as a result of the sale. Accordingly, the sale is not a qualifying event with respect to the covered employee, or with respect to the covered employee’s spouse or dependent children, regardless of whether they are provided with group health coverage after the sale, and neither the covered employ- ee, nor the covered employee’s spouse or dependent children, become qualified beneficiaries as a result of the sale. Q-6: In the case of an asset sale, is the sale a qualifying event with respect to a covered employee whose employment immediately before the sale was associat- ed with the purchased assets, or with respect to the spouse or dependent chil- dren of such a covered employee who are covered under a group health plan of the selling group immediately before the sale? A-6: (a) Yes, unless — (1) The buying group is a successor employer under paragraph (c) of Q&A-8 of this section or Q&A-2 of §54.4980B–2, and the covered employee is employed by the buying group immediately after the sale; or (2) The covered employee (or the spouse or any dependent child of the cov- ered employee) does not lose coverage (within the meaning of paragraph (c) in Q&A-1 of §54.4980B–4) under a group health plan of the selling group after the sale. (b) Unless the conditions in paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this Q&A-6 are satisfied, such a covered employee experiences a termination of employment with the sell- ing group as a result of the asset sale, regardless of whether the covered employee is employed by the buying group or whether the covered employee’s employment is associated with the pur- chased assets after the sale. Accordingly, the covered employee, and the spouse and dependent children of the covered employee who lose coverage under a plan of the selling group in connection with the sale, are M&A qualified beneficiaries in connection with the sale. Q-7: In a business reorganization, are the buying group and the selling group permitted to allocate by contract the responsibility to make COBRA continua- tion coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries? A-7: Yes. Nothing in this section pro- hibits a selling group and a buying group from allocating to one or the other of the parties in a purchase agreement the responsibility to provide the coverage required under §§54.4980B–1 through 54.4980B–10. However, if and to the extent that the party assigned this respon- sibility under the terms of the contract fails to perform, the party who has the obligation under Q&A-8 of this section to make COBRA continuation coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries continues to have that obligation. Q-8: Which group health plan has the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to M&A qualified ben- eficiaries in a business reorganization? A-8: (a) In the case of a business reor- ganization (whether a stock sale or an asset sale), so long as the selling group maintains a group health plan after the sale, a group health plan maintained by February 20, 20016982001–8 I.R.B. the selling group has the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to that sale. This Q&A-8 prescribes rules for cases in which the selling group ceases to provide any group health plan to any employee in connection with the sale. Paragraph (b) of this Q&A- 8 contains these rules for stock sales, and paragraph (c) of this Q&A-8 contains these rules for asset sales. Neither a stock sale nor an asset sale has any effect on the COBRA continuation coverage require- ments applicable to any group health plan for any period before the sale. (b)(1) In the case of a stock sale, if the selling group ceases to provide any group health plan to any employee in connection with the sale, a group health plan main- tained by the buying group has the oblig- ation to make COBRA continuation cov- erage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to that stock sale. A group health plan of the buying group has this obligation beginning on the later of the following two dates and con- tinuing as long as the buying group con- tinues to maintain a group health plan (but subject to the rules in §54.4980B–7, relat- ing to the duration of COBRA continua- tion coverage) — (i) The date the selling group ceases to provide any group health plan to any employee; or (ii) The date of the stock sale. (2) The determination of whether the selling group’s cessation of providing any group health plan to any employee is in connection with the stock sale is based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. A group health plan of the buying group does not, as a result of the stock sale, have an obligation to make COBRA continua- tion coverage available to those qualified beneficiaries of the selling group who are not M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to that sale. (c)(1) In the case of an asset sale, if the selling group ceases to provide any group health plan to any employee in connection with the sale and if the buying group con- tinues the business operations associated with the assets purchased from the selling group without interruption or substantial change, then the buying group is a succes- sor employer to the selling group in con- nection with that asset sale. A buying group does not fail to be a successor employer in connection with an asset sale merely because the asset sale takes place in connection with a proceeding in bank- ruptcy under Title 11 of the United States Code. If the buying group is a successor employer, a group health plan maintained by the buying group has the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to that asset sale. A group health plan of the buying group has this obligation beginning on the later of the following two dates and continuing as long as the buying group continues to maintain a group health plan (but subject to the rules in §54.4980B–7, relating to the duration of COBRA continuation cov- erage) — (i) The date the selling group ceases to provide any group health plan to any employee; or (ii) The date of the asset sale. (2) The determination of whether the selling group’s cessation of providing any group health plan to any employee is in connection with the asset sale is based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. A group health plan of the buying group does not, as a result of the asset sale, have an obligation to make COBRA continua- tion coverage available to those qualified beneficiaries of the selling group who are not M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to that sale. (d) The rules of Q&A-1 through Q&A- 7 of this section and this Q&A-8 are illus- trated by the following examples; in each example, each group health plan is subject to COBRA: Stock Sale Examples Example 1. (i) Selling Group Sconsists of three corporations, A, B, and C. Buying Group Pconsists of two corporations, Dand E. Penters into a con- tract to purchase all the stock of Cfrom Seffective July 1, 2002. Before the sale of C, Smaintains a sin- gle group health plan for the employees of A, B, and C(and their families). Pmaintains a single group health plan for the employees of Dand E(and their families). Effective July 1, 2002, the employees of C(and their families) become covered under P’s plan. On June 30, 2002, there are 48 qualified ben- eficiaries receiving COBRA continuation coverage under S’s plan, 15 of whom are M&A qualified ben- eficiaries with respect to the sale of C. (The other 33 qualified beneficiaries had qualifying events in con- nection with a covered employee whose last employ- ment before the qualifying event was with either A or B.) (ii) Under these facts, S’s plan continues to have the obligation to make COBRA continuation cover- age available to the 15 M&A qualified beneficiaries under S’s plan after the sale of Cto P. The employ- ees who continue in employment with Cdo not experience a qualifying event by virtue of P’s acqui- sition of C. If they experience a qualifying event after the sale, then the group health plan of Phas the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to them. Example 2. (i) Selling Group Sconsists of three corporations, A, B, and C. Each of A, B, and Cmain- tains a group health plan for its employees (and their families). Buying Group Pconsists of two corpora- tions, Dand E. Penters into a contract to purchase all of the stock of Cfrom Seffective July 1, 2002. As of June 30, 2002, there are 14 qualified benefi- ciaries receiving COBRA continuation coverage under C’s plan. Ccontinues to employ all of its employees and continues to maintain its group health plan after being acquired by Pon July 1, 2002. (ii) Under these facts, Cis an acquired organiza- tion and the 14 qualified beneficiaries under C’s plan are M&A qualified beneficiaries. A group health plan of S(that is, either the plan maintained by Aor the plan maintained by B) has the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to the 14 M&A qualified beneficiaries. Sand Pcould negoti- ate to have C’s plan continue to make COBRA con- tinuation coverage available to the 14 M&A quali- fied beneficiaries. In such a case, neither A’s plan nor B’s plan would make COBRA continuation cov- erage available to the 14 M&A qualified beneficia- ries unless C’s plan failed to fulfill its contractual responsibility to make COBRA continuation cover- age available to the M&A qualified beneficiaries. C’s employees (and their spouses and dependent children) do not experience a qualifying event in connection with P’s acquisition of C, and conse- quently no plan maintained by either Por Shas any obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to C’s employees (or their spouses or dependent children) in connection with the transfer of stock in Cfrom Sto P. Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as in Example 2, except that Cceases to employ two employees on June 30, 2002, and those two employ- ees never become covered under P’s plan. (ii) Under these facts, the two employees experi- ence a qualifying event on June 30, 2002, because their termination of employment causes a loss of group health coverage. A group health plan of S (that is, either the plan maintained by Aor the plan maintained by B) has the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to the two employees (and to any spouse or dependent child of the two employees who loses coverage under C’s plan in connection with the termination of employ- ment of the two employees) because they are M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to the sale of C. Example 4. (i) Selling Group Sconsists of three corporations, A, B, and C. Buying Group Pconsists of two corporations, Dand E. Penters into a con- tract to purchase all of the stock of Cfrom Seffec- tive July 1, 2002. Before the sale of C, Smaintains a single group health plan for the employees of A, B, and C(and their families). Pmaintains a single group health plan for the employees of Dand E(and their families). Effective July 1, 2002, the employ- ees of C(and their families) become covered under 2001–8 I.R.B.699February 20, 2001 P’s plan. On June 30, 2002, there are 25 qualified beneficiaries receiving COBRA continuation cover- age under S’s plan, 20 of whom are M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to the sale of C. (The other five qualified beneficiaries had qualifying events in connection with a covered employee whose last employment before the qualifying event was with either Aor B.) Sterminates its group health plan effective June 30, 2002, and begins to liquidate the assets of Aand Band to lay off the employees of Aand B. (ii) Under these facts, Sceases to provide a group health plan to any employee in connection with the sale of Cto P. Thus, beginning July 1, 2002, P’s plan has the obligation to make COBRA continua- tion coverage available to the 20 M&A qualified beneficiaries, but Pis not obligated to make COBRA continuation coverage available to the other 5 quali- fied beneficiaries with respect to S’s plan as of June 30, 2002 or to any of the employees of Aor Bwhose employment is terminated by S(or to any of those employees’ spouses or dependent children). Asset Sale Examples Example 5. (i) Selling Group Sprovides group health plan coverage to employees at each of its operating divisions. Ssells the assets of one of its divisions to Buying Group P. Under the terms of the group health plan covering the employees at the division being sold, their coverage will end on the date of the sale. Phires all but one of those employ- ees, gives them the same positions that they had with Sbefore the sale, and provides them with coverage under a group health plan. Immediately before the sale, there are two qualified beneficiaries receiving COBRA continuation coverage under a group health plan of Swhose qualifying events occurred in con- nection with a covered employee whose last employ- ment prior to the qualifying event was associated with the assets sold to P. (ii) These two qualified beneficiaries are M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to the asset sale to P. Under these facts, a group health plan of S retains the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to these two M&A qualified ben- eficiaries. In addition, the one employee Pdoes not hire as well as all of the employees Phires (and the spouses and dependent children of these employees) who were covered under a group health plan of Son the day before the sale are M&A qualified beneficia- ries with respect to the sale. A group health plan of Salso has the obligation to make COBRA continua- tion coverage available to these M&A qualified ben- eficiaries. Example 6. (i) Selling Group Sprovides group health plan coverage to employees at each of its operating divisions. Ssells substantially all of the assets of all of its divisions to Buying Group P, and Sceases to provide any group health plan to any employee on the date of the sale. Phires all but one of S’s employees on the date of the asset sale by S, gives those employees the same positions that they had with Sbefore the sale, and continues the busi- ness operations of those divisions without substan- tial change or interruption. Pprovides these employees with coverage under a group health plan. Immediately before the sale, there are 10 qualified beneficiaries receiving COBRA continuation cover- age under a group health plan of Swhose qualifying events occurred in connection with a covered employee whose last employment prior to the quali- fying event was associated with the assets sold to P. (ii) These 10 qualified beneficiaries are M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to the asset sale to P. Under these facts, Pis a successor employer described in paragraph (c) of this Q&A-8. Thus, a group health plan of Phas the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to these 10 M&A qualified beneficiaries. (iii) The one employee that Pdoes not hire and the family members of that employee are also M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to the sale. A group health plan of Palso has the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to these M&A qualified beneficiaries. (iv) The employees who continue in employment in connection with the asset sale (and their family members) and who were covered under a group health plan of Son the day before the sale are not M&A qualified beneficiaries because Pis a succes- sor employer to Sin connection with the asset sale. Thus, no group health plan of Phas any obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to these continuing employees with respect to the qual- ifying event that resulted from their losing coverage under S’s plan in connection with the asset sale. Example 7. (i) Selling Group Sprovides group health plan coverage to employees at each of its two operating divisions. Ssells the assets of one of its divisions to Buying Group P1. Under the terms of the group health plan covering the employees at the division being sold, their coverage will end on the date of the sale. P1hires all but one of those employees, gives them the same positions that they had with Sbefore the sale, and provides them with coverage under a group health plan. (ii) Under these facts, a group health plan of S has the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to the sale to P1. (If an M&A qualified beneficiary first became covered under P1’s plan after electing COBRA continuation coverage under S’s plan, then S’s plan could terminate the COBRA continuation coverage once the M&A qualified ben- eficiary became covered under P1’s plan, provided that the remaining conditions of Q&A-2 of §54.4980B–7 were satisfied.) (iii) Several months after the sale to P1, Ssells the assets of its remaining division to Buying Group P2, and Sceases to provide any group health plan to any employee on the date of that sale. Thus, under Q&A-1 of §54.4980B–7, Sceases to have an oblig- ation to make COBRA continuation coverage avail- able to any qualified beneficiary on the date of the sale to P2. P1and P2are unrelated organizations. (iv) Even if it was foreseeable that Swould sell its remaining division to an unrelated third party after the sale to P1, under these facts the cessation of Sto provide any group health plan to any employee on the date of the sale to P2is not in connection with the asset sale to P1. Thus, even after the date Sceas- es to provide any group health plan to any employ- ee, no group health plan of P1has any obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to the asset sale to P1by S. If P2is a successor employer under the rules of paragraph (c) of this Q&A-8 and maintains one or more group health plans after the sale, then a group health plan of P2would have an obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to the asset sale to P2by S(but in such a case employees of Sbefore the sale who continued work- ing for P2after the sale would not be M&A qualified beneficiaries). However, even in such a case, no group health plan of P2would have an obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to the asset sale to P1by S. Thus, under these facts, after Shas ceased to provide any group health plan to any employee, no plan has an obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to M&A qualified beneficiaries with respect to the asset sale to P1. Example 8. (i) Selling Group Sprovides group health plan coverage to employees at each of its operating divisions. Ssells substantially all of the assets of all of its divisions to Buying Group P. P hires most of S’s employees on the date of the pur- chase of S’s assets, retains those employees in the same positions that they had with Sbefore the pur- chase, and continues the business operations of those divisions without substantial change or interruption. Pprovides these employees with coverage under a group health plan. Scontinues to employ a few employees for the principal purpose of winding up the affairs of Sin preparation for liquidation. Scon- tinues to provide coverage under a group health plan to these few remaining employees for several weeks after the date of the sale and then ceases to provide any group health plan to any employee. (ii) Under these facts, the cessation by Sto pro- vide any group health plan to any employee is in connection with the asset sale to P. Because of this, and because Pcontinued the business operations associated with those assets without substantial change or interruption, Pis a successor employer to Swith respect to the asset sale. Thus, a group health plan of Phas the obligation to make COBRA con- tinuation coverage available to M&A qualified ben- eficiaries with respect to the sale beginning on the date that Sceases to provide any group health plan to any employee. (A group health plan of Sretains this obligation for the several weeks after the date of the sale until Sceases to provide any group health plan to any employee.) Q-9: Can the cessation of contributions by an employer to a multiemployer group health plan be a qualifying event? A-9: The cessation of contributions by an employer to a multiemployer group health plan is not itself a qualifying event, even though the cessation of contributions may cause current employees (and their spouses and dependent children) to lose coverage under the multiemployer plan. An event coinciding with the employer’s cessation of contributions (such as a reduction of hours of employment in the case of striking employees) will constitute February 20, 20017002001–8 I.R.B. a qualifying event if it otherwise satisfies the requirements of Q&A-1 of §54.498 0B–4. Q-10: If an employer stops contribut- ing to a multiemployer group health plan, does the multiemployer plan have the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to a qualified benefi- ciary who was receiving coverage under the multiemployer plan on the day before the cessation of contributions and who is, or whose qualifying event occurred in connection with, a covered employee whose last employment prior to the quali- fying event was with the employer that has stopped contributing to the multiem- ployer plan? A-10: (a) In general, yes. (See Q&A- 3 of §54.4980B–2 for a definition of mul- tiemployer plan.) If, however, the employer that stops contributing to the multiemployer plan makes group health plan coverage available to (or starts con- tributing to another multiemployer plan that is a group health plan with respect to) a class of the employer’s employees for- merly covered under the multiemployer plan, the plan maintained by the employer (or the other multiemployer plan), from that date forward, has the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to any qualified beneficiary who was receiving coverage under the multi- employer plan on the day before the ces- sation of contributions and who is, or whose qualifying event occurred in con- nection with, a covered employee whose last employment prior to the qualifying event was with the employer. (b) The rules of Q&A-9 of this section and this Q&A-10 are illustrated by the following examples; in each example, each group health plan is subject to COBRA: Example 1. (i) Employer Zemploys a class of employees covered by a collective bargaining agree- ment and participating in multiemployer group health plan M. As required by the collective bar- gaining agreement, Zhas been making contributions to M. Zexperiences financial difficulties and stops making contributions to Mbut continues to employ all of the employees covered by the collective bar- gaining agreement. Z’s cessation of contributions to Mcauses those employees (and their spouses and dependent children) to lose coverage under M. Z does not make group health plan coverage available to any of the employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement. (ii) After Zstops contributing to M, Mcontinues to have the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to any qualified beneficiary who experienced a qualifying event that preceded or coincided with the cessation of contributions to M and whose coverage under Mon the day before the qualifying event was due to an employment affilia- tion with Z. The loss of coverage under Mfor those employees of Zwho continue in employment (and the loss of coverage for their spouses and dependent children) does not constitute a qualifying event. Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in Example 1except that B, one of the employees cov- ered under Mbefore Zstops contributing to M, is transferred into management. Zmaintains a group health plan for managers and Bbecomes eligible for coverage under the plan on the day of B’s transfer. (ii) Under these facts, Zdoes not make group health plan coverage available to a class of employ- ees formerly covered under Mafter Bbecomes eligi- ble under Z’s group health plan for managers. Accordingly, Mcontinues to have the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available to any qualified beneficiary who experienced a qualify- ing event that preceded or coincided with the cessa- tion of contributions to Mand whose coverage under Mon the day before the qualifying event was due to an employment affiliation with Z. Example 3. (i) Employer Yemploys two classes of employees – skilled and unskilled laborers – cov- ered by a collective bargaining agreement and par- ticipating in multiemployer group health plan M. As required by the collective bargaining agreement, Y has been making contributions to M. Ystops making contributions to Mbut continues to employ all the employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement. Y’s cessation of contributions to Mcaus- es those employees (and their spouses and dependent children) to lose coverage under M. Ymakes group health plan coverage available to the skilled laborers immediately after their coverage ceases under M, but Ydoes not make group health plan coverage avail- able to any of the unskilled laborers. (ii) Under these facts, because Ymakes group health plan coverage available to a class of employ- ees previously covered under Mimmediately after both classes of employees lose coverage under M, Y alone has the obligation to make COBRA continua- tion coverage available to any qualified beneficiary who experienced a qualifying event that preceded or coincided with the cessation of contributions to M and whose coverage under Mon the day before the qualifying event was due to an employment affilia- tion with Y, regardless of whether the employment affiliation was as a skilled or unskilled laborer. However, the loss of coverage under Mfor those employees of Ywho continue in employment (and the loss of coverage for their spouses and dependent children) does not constitute a qualifying event. Example 4. (i) Employer Xemploys a class of employees covered by a collective bargaining agree- ment and participating in multiemployer group health plan M. As required by the collective bar- gaining agreement, Xhas been making contributions to M. Xexperiences financial difficulties and is forced into bankruptcy by its creditors. Xcontinues to employ all of the employees covered by the col- lective bargaining agreement. Xalso continues to make contributions to Muntil the current collective bargaining agreement expires, on June 30, 2001, and then Xstops making contributions to M. X’s employees (and their spouses and dependent chil- dren) lose coverage under Meffective July 1, 2001. Xdoes not enter into another collective bargaining agreement covering the class of employees covered by the expired collective bargaining agreement. Effective September 1, 2001, Xestablishes a group health plan covering the class of employees former- ly covered by the collective bargaining agreement. The group health plan also covers their spouses and dependent children. (ii) Under these facts, Mhas the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available from July 1, 2001 until August 31, 2001, and the group health plan established by Xhas the obligation to make COBRA continuation coverage available from September 1, 2001, until the obligation ends (see Q&A-1 of §54.4980B–7) to any qualified beneficia- ry who experienced a qualifying event that preceded or coincided with the cessation of contributions to M and whose coverage under Mon the day before the qualifying event was due to an employment affilia- tion with X. The loss of coverage under Mfor those employees of Xwho continue in employment (and the loss of coverage for their spouses and dependent children) does not constitute a qualifying event. Example 5. (i) Employer Wemploys a class of employees covered by a collective bargaining agree- ment and participating in multiemployer group health plan M. As required by the collective bar- gaining agreement, Whas been making contribu- tions to M. The employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement vote to decertify their current employee representative effective January 1, 2002, and vote to certify a new employee representative effective the same date. As a consequence, on January 1, 2002, they cease to be covered under M and commence to be covered under multiemployer group health plan N. (ii) Effective January 1, 2002, Nhas the obliga- tion to make COBRA continuation coverage avail- able to any qualified beneficiary who experienced a qualifying event that preceded or coincided with the cessation of contributions to Mand whose coverage under Mon the day before the qualifying event was due to an employment affiliation with W. The loss of coverage under Mfor those employees of Wwho continue in employment (and the loss of coverage for their spouses and dependent children) does not constitute a qualifying event. §54.4980B–10 Interaction of FMLA and COBRA. The following questions-and-answers address how the taking of leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA) (29 U.S.C. 2601–2619) affects the COBRA continuation coverage requirements: Q-1: In what circumstances does a qualifying event occur if an employee does not return from leave taken under FMLA? A-1: (a) The taking of leave under FMLA does not constitute a qualifying event. A qualifying event under Q&A-1 of §54.4980B–4 occurs, however, if — (1) An employee (or the spouse or a dependent child of the employee) is cov- 2001–8 I.R.B.701February 20, 2001 ered on the day before the first day of FMLA leave (or becomes covered during the FMLA leave) under a group health plan of the employee’s employer; (2) The employee does not return to employment with the employer at the end of the FMLA leave; and (3) The employee (or the spouse or a dependent child of the employee) would, in the absence of COBRA continuation coverage, lose coverage under the group health plan before the end of the maxi- mum coverage period. (b) However, the satisfaction of the three conditions in paragraph (a) of this Q&A-1 does not constitute a qualifying event if the employer eliminates, on or before the last day of the employee’s FMLA leave, coverage under a group health plan for the class of employees (while continuing to employ that class of employees) to which the employee would have belonged if the employee had not taken FMLA leave. Q-2: If a qualifying event described in Q&A-1 of this section occurs, when does it occur, and how is the maximum cover- age period measured? A-2: A qualifying event described in Q&A-1 of this section occurs on the last day of FMLA leave. (The determination of when FMLA leave ends is not made under the rules of this section. See the FMLA regulations, 29 CFR Part 825 (§§825.100–825.800).) The maximum coverage period (see Q&A-4 of §54.4980B–7) is measured from the date of the qualifying event (that is, the last day of FMLA leave). If, however, cover- age under the group health plan is lost at a later date and the plan provides for the extension of the required periods (see paragraph (b) of Q&A-4 of §54.4980B–7), then the maximum cover- age period is measured from the date when coverage is lost. The rules of this Q&A-2 are illustrated by the following examples: Example 1. (i) Employee Bis covered under the group health plan of Employer Xon January 31, 2001. Btakes FMLA leave beginning February 1, 2001. B’s last day of FMLA leave is 12 weeks later, on April 25, 2001, and Bdoes not return to work with Xat the end of the FMLA leave. If Bdoes not elect COBRA continuation coverage, Bwill not be covered under the group health plan of Xas of April 26, 2001. (ii) Bexperiences a qualifying event on April 25, 2001, and the maximum coverage period is mea- sured from that date. (This is the case even if, for part or all of the FMLA leave, Bfails to pay the employee portion of premiums for coverage under the group health plan of Xand is not covered under X’s plan. See Q&A-3 of this section.) Example 2. (i) Employee Cand C’s spouse are covered under the group health plan of Employer Y on August 15, 2001. Ctakes FMLA leave beginning August 16, 2001. Cinforms Yless than 12 weeks later, on September 28, 2001, that Cwill not be returning to work. Under the FMLA regulations, 29 CFR Part 825 (§§825.100–825.800), C’s last day of FMLA leave is September 28, 2001. Cdoes not return to work with Yat the end of the FMLA leave. If Cand C’s spouse do not elect COBRA continua- tion coverage, they will not be covered under the group health plan of Yas of September 29, 2001. (ii) Cand C’s spouse experience a qualifying event on September 28, 2001, and the maximum coverage period (generally 18 months) is measured from that date. (This is the case even if, for part or all of the FMLA leave, Cfails to pay the employee portion of premiums for coverage under the group health plan of Yand Cor C’s spouse is not covered under Y’s plan. See Q&A-3 of this section.) Q-3: If an employee fails to pay the employee portion of premiums for cover- age under a group health plan during FMLA leave or declines coverage under a group health plan during FMLA leave, does this affect the determination of whether or when the employee has expe- rienced a qualifying event? A-3: No. Any lapse of coverage under a group health plan during FMLA leave is irrelevant in determining whether a set of circumstances constitutes a qualifying event under Q&A-1 of this section or when such a qualifying event occurs under Q&A-2 of this section. Q-4: Is the application of the rules in Q&A-1 through Q&A-3 of this section affected by a requirement of state or local law to provide a period of coverage longer than that required under FMLA? A-4: No. Any state or local law that requires coverage under a group health plan to be maintained during a leave of absence for a period longer than that required under FMLA (for example, for 16 weeks of leave rather than for the 12 weeks required under FMLA) is disre- garded for purposes of determining when a qualifying event occurs under Q&A-1 through Q&A-3 of this section. Q-5: May COBRA continuation cover- age be conditioned upon reimbursement of the premiums paid by the employer for coverage under a group health plan during FMLA leave? A-5: No. The U.S. Department of Labor has published rules describing the circumstances in which an employer may recover premiums it pays to maintain cov- erage, including family coverage, under a group health plan during FMLA leave from an employee who fails to return from leave. See 29 CFR 825.213. Even if recovery of premiums is permitted under 29 CFR 825.213, the right to COBRA continuation coverage cannot be conditioned upon the employee’s reim- bursement of the employer for premiums the employer paid to maintain coverage under a group health plan during FMLA leave. Robert E. Wenzel, Deputy Commissioner of Internal Revenue. Approved December 18, 2000. Jonathan Talisman, Acting Assistant Secretary of the Treasury. (Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on Janu- ary 9, 2001, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal Register for January 10, 2001, 66 F.R. 1843) Section 6103.—Confidentiality and Disclosure of Returns and Return Information 26 CFR 301.6103(c)–1T: Disclosure of returns and return information to designee of taxpayer. T.D. 8935 DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Internal Revenue Service 26 CFR Part 301 Disclosure of Returns and Return Information to Designee of Taxpayer AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury. ACTION: Temporary regulation. SUMMARY: This document contains a temporary regulation relating to the disclo- sure of returns and return information to a designee of the taxpayer. The temporary regulation provides guidance to IRS employees responsible for disclosing returns and return information and to tax- payers who wish to designate a person or persons to whom returns and return infor- mation may be disclosed. The portion of February 20, 20017022001–8 I.R.B. this temporary regulation pertaining to nonwritten requests or consents reflects changes to the law made by the Taxpayer Bill of Rights II, Public Law 104–168, sec- tion 1207, 110 Stat. 1473. With respect to written requests or consents, the temporary regulation amends the existing regulation to provide further guidance in certain lim- ited situations and to clarify existing proce- dures. The text of the temporary regulation also serves as the text of the proposed reg- ulation set forth in the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG–103320–00) on page 714 of this Bulletin. DATES: Effective Date: This regulation is effective January 11, 2001. Applicability Date: For dates of applic- ability, see §301.6103(c)–1T(g). FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CON- TACT: Joseph Conley, (202) 622-4580 (not a toll-free number). Background Under section 6103(a), returns and return information are confidential unless disclosure is otherwise authorized by the Internal Revenue Code. Section 6103(c), as amended by section 1207 of the Taxpayer Bill of Rights II, Public Law 104–168 (110 Stat. 1452), authorizes the IRS to disclose returns and return infor- mation to such person or persons as the taxpayer may designate in a request for or consent to disclosure, or to any other per- son at the taxpayer’s request to the extent necessary to comply with a request for information or assistance made by the tax- payer to such other person. Disclosure is permitted subject to such requirements and conditions as may be prescribed by regulations. With the amendment in 1996, Congress eliminated the longstand- ing requirement that disclosures to designees of the taxpayer must be pur- suant to the written request or consent of the taxpayer. The purpose of this amend- ment to section 6103(c) was to assist the IRS in developing a paperless tax admin- istration system that relies on, among other things, electronic communication. H.R. Rep. No. 104–506, at 49 (1996), reprinted in 1996 U.S.C.A.N. 1143, 1172. This document contains a temporary reg- ulation that authorizes the disclosure of tax returns and return information to a designee of the taxpayer pursuant to a nonwritten request or consent when the taxpayer seeks the assistance of a third party in resolving a tax matter. This document also amends the exist- ing regulation to clarify the rules applica- ble to written requests or consents to dis- closure. On October 3, 1980, a final regulation (T.D. 7723, 1980–2 C.B. 346) relating to the disclosure of tax returns and return information to a person desig- nated by the taxpayer in a written request or consent were published in the Federal Register(45 F.R. 65564). Since the pub- lication of this final regulation, the IRS and the Treasury Department have deter- mined that further guidance on written consent requirements is necessary. Explanation of Provisions Nonwritten consents Under the existing regulation, if a tax- payer wishes a third party to assist in the resolution of a tax matter between the tax- payer and the IRS, and the third party is not otherwise authorized to practice before the Internal Revenue Service, a written section 6103(c) request or consent must be executed by the taxpayer. The temporary regulation authorizes the IRS to accept nonwritten requests or consents authorizing the disclosure of tax returns and return information to third parties assisting taxpayers in resolving tax related matters. Thus, for example, the temporary regulation clarifies that the tax- payer can orally consent to disclosures by the IRS to a person accompanying the tax- payer to meetings or interviews with the IRS, or participating in a telephone con- versation with the taxpayer. When the taxpayer is present, either physically or on the telephone, the taxpayer will be able to knowingly and voluntarily consent to the disclosure without the need for further expressing that intent in writing. Thus, the use of nonwritten consents will enable the IRS to improve its cus- tomer service in that, with the assistance of their designees, taxpayers will be able to resolve tax problems in a more timely fashion, without the need for burdensome paperwork. Additionally, nonwritten requests or consents will assist the IRS in moving to a paperless environment by further facilitating the use of electronic communication systems. As with written requests or consents, before disclosing tax returns and return information to a third party pursuant to a taxpayer’s nonwritten request or consent, the IRS will take reasonable steps to con- firm the identity of the taxpayer and the designee. For example, IRS personnel, pursuant to existing procedures, verify that they are speaking to the taxpayer prior to disclosing return information to that taxpayer. Nonwritten requests for or consents to disclosure do not take the place of a power of attorney authorizing a third party to represent the taxpayer before the IRS. Practice before the IRS remains governed by the regulations at 26 CFR 601.501 et seq.and Treasury Department Circular 230 (31 CFR part 10). Acknowledgments of, and Notices Regarding, Electronically Filed Returns The temporary regulation also pro- vides parameters for the development of consents for the electronic filing pro- gram. The IRS currently provides an acknowledgment to an electronic return originator (ERO) to indicate that it has received information from the ERO in an acceptable form, and that the taxpayer identity information, as defined by sec- tion 6103(b)(6), matches IRS records. Alternatively, the IRS may notify the ERO that it has rejected the ERO’s elec- tronic submission because the taxpayer identity information does not match IRS records or, for example, because the tax- payer is not responsible for the tax pay- ment. The taxpayer may also have authorized an electronic debit to pay a tax debt, and the taxpayer may want the IRS to send an acknowledgment to the ERO that the account has been properly debited, or to disclose information to the taxpayer’s financial institution to resolve a problem with the electronic debit trans- action. To ensure that the IRS is autho- rized to disclose tax returns and return information to third parties in an elec- tronic system, the IRS must receive a valid request for or consent to disclosure pursuant to section 6103(c). The current system requires the taxpayer to execute a written consent on Form 8453 to permit these disclosures. The temporary regulation authorizes an electronic consent to permit the disclo- sures of the return information described above and such other information as the 2001–8 I.R.B.703February 20, 2001 IRS determines is necessary to the opera- tion of the electronic filing program. Such consent must inform the taxpayer of the return information that will be trans- mitted to the ERO and other third parties as a result of the electronic filing of the taxpayer’s return or other information. Combined FedState Filing Programs The temporary regulation also reduces the burden on taxpayers in combined Federal-State (FedState) return filing pro- grams. If the taxpayer files a single com- bined Federal and State tax return with the IRS, the information contained in such FedState return that is gathered with respect to a taxpayer’s liability under both Federal and State law, including the tax- payer’s name, taxpayer identification number, and adjusted gross income, is return information protected by section 6103. If the IRS discloses such return information to the State in satisfaction of the taxpayer’s State filing obligations, the information can be used by the State only for State tax administration purposes under section 6103(d). On the other hand, if a State tax return is filed directly with the State, information on the State return is not subject to the restrictions of section 6103(d) and can be used for appropriate non-tax purposes permitted under State law. In the current electronic FedState fil- ing program, to avoid these section 6103 restrictions, return preparers make two separate electronic transmissions to the IRS—one for the Federal return and one for the State return. The common items of data are sent twice, once in the Federal “packet” and once in the State “packet.” The items of information in the State packet are not restricted by sec- tion 6103 because they have not been filed with the IRS with regard to Federal tax liability. Alternatively, in the FedState telefile program, a consent has been developed that permits the Internal Revenue Service to disclose common data items to the State tax agency. The information received by the State pursuant to the tax- payer’s request or consent is treated, for purposes of section 6103, as if the State had received the information directly from the taxpayer, and therefore the infor- mation can be used for appropriate non- tax purposes under State law. Under the existing regulation, consents for FedState filing programs must comply with current §301.6103(c)–1(a). The existing regulation requires, among other things, a separate written consent docu- ment. The IRS and the Treasury Department believe a taxpayer’s volun- tary participation in an optional FedState filing program that provides the taxpayer with notice of the disclosures to be made to the State as part of the program consti- tutes a sufficient knowing and voluntary consent to permit disclosures to States in this situation. To reduce the burden on taxpayers and improve the efficiency of tax administration, the temporary regula- tion provides that by filing a combined FedState return, the taxpayer consents to the disclosure of the common data items to the State tax agency, and that the infor- mation will be treated as if it had been received directly by the State from the taxpayer. As noted above, the temporary regulation requires a notice of the disclo- sures that are to be made in the FedState filing program so that taxpayers may choose to participate in such programs with knowledge of such disclosures. Other Changes The temporary regulation also provides needed clarification in a number of areas not specifically addressed under the exist- ing regulation. The temporary regulation provides rules for receipt of section 6103(c) consents by entities other than the IRS. Certain Treasury Department agen- cies, such as the Financial Management Service, perform Federal tax administra- tion functions and receive tax information from the IRS. In addition, IRS contrac- tors receive tax information to provide tax administration services pursuant to sec- tion 6103(n). The existing regulation pro- vides only for receipt of requests for or consents to disclosure by the IRS. The temporary regulation permits Federal government agencies performing Federal tax administration functions to receive section 6103(c) consents and disclose returns and return information in the pos- session of such agency to the taxpayer’s designee. For example, the temporary regulation clarifies that the Financial Management Service can disclose return information related to the offset of the tax- payer’s tax refund to the designee of the taxpayer, such as in response to a Congressional inquiry. The temporary regulation also clarifies that receipt of a request or consent by an agent or contrac- tor of the IRS is the same as receipt by the IRS. However, an agent or contractor of the IRS may make disclosures with the taxpayer’s consent only if such disclo- sures are specifically authorized in the contract or otherwise specifically autho- rized in writing by the IRS. §301.6103(n)–1(a). The temporary regulation defines the term separate written documentto con- form to current IRS practice. The tempo- rary regulation also specifies the Secretary of the Treasury’s authority to provide for methods of signing requests for or consents to disclosure. See §301.6061–1(b). The temporary regulation clarifies the requirements for identifying the designee to whom disclosure is to be made when the disclosure occurs in a public forum, such as a courtroom, a congressional hear- ing, or in the media. In these circum- stances, it may not be possible to desig- nate specifically every person to whom disclosure is to be made. While identify- ing individual designees in a public forum may not be practical, a taxpayer can knowingly and voluntarily authorize dis- closure in a public forum by specifically indicating the circumstances surrounding the public disclosure, including, for exam- ple, a description of the place, date, and time. The temporary regulation also incorporates the longstanding IRS prac- tice that entities, such as corporations and State and local government agencies, are appropriate designees. The temporary regulation also affirms longstanding practices of the IRS regard- ing the authority to execute consents. Generally, persons that may receive returns pursuant to section 6103(e), para- graphs (1) through (5), may execute dis- closure consents under section 6103(c). However, a one percent shareholder of a corporation, who may receive corporate returns pursuant to section 6103(e)(1)(D)(iii), may not execute dis- closure consents because the right of inspection is personal to the shareholder, and such shareholder is not permitted to redisclose such information. See Internal Revenue Code §§6103(a)(3), 7213(a)(5). The temporary regulation also provides that if the taxpayer is an entity, generally February 20, 20017042001–8 I.R.B. a person with authority under State law to bind the entity may execute a section 6103(c) consent. Finally, the temporary regulation provides that the holder of a taxpayer’s power of attorney may not exe- cute a disclosure consent unless that authority is specifically granted in the power. Special Analyses It has been determined that this Treasury decision is not a significant reg- ulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. This tempo- rary regulation provides taxpayers with enhanced procedures to resolve problems with the IRS. For this reason, notice and public procedure and a delayed effective date would be contrary to the public inter- est pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) and 553(d), respectively. Because this notice of proposed rulemaking is required, the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) do not apply. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, this temporary regulation will be submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business. Drafting Information The principal author of this regulation is Jamie Bernstein, Office of the Associate Chief Counsel, Procedure and Administration (Disclosure & Privacy Law Division). However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury Department participated in its development. * * * * * Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations Accordingly, 26 CFR part 301 is amended as follows: PART 301—PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 301 is amended by adding an entry in numerical order to read as follows: Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * * Section 301.6103(c)–1T also issued under 26 U.S.C. 6103(c). * * * §301.6103(c)–1 [Removed] Par. 2. Section 301.6103(c)–1 is removed. Par. 3. Section 301.6103(c)–1T is added to read as follows: §301.6103(c)–1T Disclosure of returns and return information to designee of taxpayer. (a) Overview. Subject to such require- ments and conditions as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulation, section 6103(c) of the Internal Revenue Code authorizes the Internal Revenue Service to disclose a taxpayer’s return or return information to such person or per- sons as the taxpayer may designate in a request for or consent to such disclosure, or to any other person at the taxpayer’s request to the extent necessary to comply with the taxpayer’s request to such other person for information or assistance. This regulation contains the requirements that must be met before, and the conditions under which, the Internal Revenue Service may make such disclosures. Paragraph (b) of this section provides the requirements that are generally applicable to designate a third party to receive the taxpayer’s returns and return information. Paragraph (c) of this section provides requirements under which the Internal Revenue Service may disclose informa- tion in connection with a taxpayer’s writ- ten or nonwritten request for a third party to provide information or assistance with regard to a tax matter, for example, a Congressional inquiry. Paragraph (d) of this section provides the parameters for disclosure consents connected with elec- tronic return filing programs and com- bined Federal State filing. Finally, para- graph (e) provides definitions and general rules related to requests for or consents to disclosure. (b) Disclosure of returns and return information to person or persons desig- nated in a written request or consent—(1) General requirements. Pursuant to sec- tion 6103(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, the Internal Revenue Service (or an agent or contractor of the Internal Revenue Service) may disclose a taxpay- er’s return or return information to such person or persons as the taxpayer may designate in a request for or consent to such disclosure. A request for or consent to disclosure under this paragraph (b) must be in the form of a separate written document pertaining solely to the autho- rized disclosure. (For the meaning of sep- arate written document, see paragraph (e)(1) of this section.) The separate writ- ten document must be signed (see para- graph (e)(2) of this section) and dated by the taxpayer who filed the return or to whom the return information relates. The taxpayer must also indicate in the written document— (i) The taxpayer’s taxpayer identity information described in section 6103(b)(6); (ii) The identity of the person or persons to whom the disclosure is to be made; (iii) The type of return (or specified portion of the return) or return informa- tion (and the particular data) that is to be disclosed; and (iv) The taxable year or years covered by the return or return information. (2) Requirement that request or consent be received within sixty days of when signed and dated. The disclosure of a return or return information authorized by a written request for or written consent to the disclosure shall not be made unless the request or consent is received by the Internal Revenue Service (or an agent or contractor of the Internal Revenue Service) within 60 days following the date upon which the request or consent was signed and dated by the taxpayer. (c) Disclosure of returns and return information to designee of taxpayer to comply with a taxpayer’s request for information or assistance. Where a tax- payer makes a written or nonwritten request, directly to another person or to the Internal Revenue Service, that such other person (for example, a member of Congress, friend, or relative of the tax- payer) provide information or assistance relating to the taxpayer’s return or to a transaction or other contact between the taxpayer and the Internal Revenue Service, the Internal Revenue Service (or an agent or contractor of the Internal Revenue Service or a Federal government agency performing a Federal tax adminis- tration function) may disclose returns or return information to such other person under the circumstances set forth in para- graphs (c) (1) through- (3) of this section. 2001–8 I.R.B.705February 20, 2001 (1) Written request for information or assistance. (i) The taxpayer’s request for information or assistance may be in the form of a letter or other written document, which must be signed (see paragraph (e)(2) of this section) and dated by the taxpayer. The taxpayer must also indicate in the written request— (A) The taxpayer’s taxpayer identity information described in section 6103(b)(6); (B) The identity of the person or per- sons to whom disclosure is to be made; and (C) Sufficient facts underlying the request for information or assistance to enable the Internal Revenue Service to determine the nature and extent of the information or assistance requested and the returns or return information to be dis- closed in order to comply with the tax- payer’s request. (ii) A person who receives a copy of a taxpayer’s written request for information or assistance but who is not the addressee of the request, such as a member of Congress who is provided with a courtesy copy of a taxpayer’s letter to another member of Congress or to the Internal Revenue Service, cannot receive returns or return information under paragraph (c)(1) of this section. (2) Nonwritten request or consent. (i) A request for information or assistance may also be nonwritten. Disclosure of returns and return information to a designee pursuant to a taxpayer’s non- written request will be made only after the Internal Revenue Service has— (A) Obtained from the taxpayer suffi- cient facts underlying the request for information or assistance to enable the Internal Revenue Service to determine the nature and extent of the information or assistance requested and the return or return information to be disclosed in order to comply with the taxpayer’s request; (B) Confirmed the identity of the tax- payer and the designee; and (C) Confirmed the date, the nature, and the extent of the information or assistance requested. (ii) Examples of disclosures pursuant to nonwritten requests for information or assistance under this paragraph (c)(2) include, but are not limited to, disclosures to a friend, relative, or other person whom the taxpayer brings to an interview or meeting with Internal Revenue Service officials, or disclosures to a person whom the taxpayer wishes to involve in a tele- phone conversation with Internal Revenue Service officials. (3) Rules applicable to written and nonwritten requests for information or assistance. A return or return information will be disclosed to the taxpayer’s designee as provided by this paragraph only to the extent considered necessary by the Internal Revenue Service to comply with the taxpayer’s request or consent. Such disclosures shall not be made unless the request or consent is received by the Internal Revenue Service, its agent or contractor, or a Federal government agency performing a Federal tax adminis- tration function in connection with a request for advice or assistance relating to such function. This paragraph (c) does not apply to disclosures to a taxpayer’s representative in connection with practice before the Internal Revenue Service (as defined in Treasury Department Circular No. 230). For disclosures in these cases, see section 6103(e)(6) and §§601.501 through 601.508 of this chapter. (d) Acknowledgments of electronically filed returns and other documents; com- bined filing programs with State tax agen- cies—(1) Acknowledgment of, and notices regarding, electronically filed returns and other documents. When a taxpayer files returns or other documents or information with the Internal Revenue Service elec- tronically, the taxpayer may consent to the disclosure of return information to the transmitter or other third party, such as the taxpayer’s financial institution, necessary to acknowledge that the electronic trans- mission was received and either accepted or rejected by the Internal Revenue Service, the reason for any rejection, and such other information as the Internal Revenue Service determines is necessary to the operation of the electronic filing program. The consent must inform the taxpayer of the return information that will be transmitted and to whom disclo- sure will be made. The requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section do not apply to a consent under this para- graph (d)(1). (2) Combined return filing programs with State tax agencies. (i) A taxpayer’s participation in a combined return filing program between the Internal Revenue Service and a State agency, body, or com- mission (State agency) described in sec- tion 6103(d)(1) constitutes a consent to the disclosure by the Internal Revenue Service, to the State agency, of taxpayer identity information, signature, and items of common data contained on such return. For purposes of this paragraph, common data means information reflected on the Federal return required by State law to be attached to or included on the State return. Instructions accompanying the forms or published procedures involved in such program must indicate that by participat- ing in the program, the taxpayer is con- senting to the Internal Revenue Service’s disclosure to the State agency of the tax- payer identity information, signature, and items of common data, and that such information will be treated by the State agency as if it had been directly filed with the State agency. Such instructions or procedures must also describe any verifi- cation that takes place before the taxpayer identity information, signature and com- mon data is transmitted by the Internal Revenue Service to the State agency. (ii) No disclosures may be made under this paragraph (d)(2) unless there are pro- visions of State law protecting the confi- dentiality of such items of common data. (e) Definitions and rules applicable to this section—(1) Separate written docu- ment. (i) For the purposes of paragraph (b) of this section, separate written docu- mentmeans— (A) One side of a standard (8 2'' by 11'' or larger) sheet of paper, which may be included as part of a larger document; (B) Text appearing on a single comput- er screen containing all the elements described in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- tion, which can be signed (see paragraph (e)(2) of this section) and dated by the taxpayer, and which can be reproduced, if necessary; or (C) A consent on the record in an administrative or judicial proceeding, or a transcript of such proceeding recording such consent, containing the information required under paragraph (b)(1) of this section. (ii) A provision included in a taxpayer’s application for a loan or other benefit authorizing the grantor of the loan or other benefit to obtain any financial infor- mation, including returns or return infor- mation, from any source as the grantor February 20, 20017062001–8 I.R.B. may request for purposes of verifying information supplied on the application, does not meet the requirements of para- graph (b)(1) of this section because the provision is not a separate written docu- ment relating solely to the disclosure of returns and return information. In addi- tion, the provision does not contain the other information specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. (2) Method of signing. A request for or consent to disclosure may be signed by any method of signing the Secretary of the Treasury has prescribed pursuant to §301.6061–1(b) in forms, instructions, or other appropriate guidance. (3) Permissible designees and public forums. Permissible designees under this section include individuals; trusts; estates; corporations; partnerships; Federal, State, local and foreign government agencies or subunits of such agencies; or the general public. When disclosures are to be made in a public forum, such as in a courtroom or congressional hearing, the request for or consent to disclosure must describe the circumstances surrounding the public dis- closure, e.g., congressional hearing, judi- cial proceeding, media, and the date or dates of the disclosure. (4) Authority to execute a request for or consent to disclosure. Any person who may obtain returns under section 6103(e)(1) through (5), except section 6103(e)(1)(D)(iii), may execute a request for or consent to disclose a return or return information to third parties. For taxpayers that are legal entities, such as corporations and municipal bond issuers, any officer of the entity with authority under applicable State law to legally bind the entity may execute a request for or consent to disclo- sure. A person described in section 6103(e)(6) (a taxpayer’s representative or individual holding a power of attorney) may not execute a request for or consent to disclosure unless the designation of repre- sentation or power of attorney specifically delegates such authority. A designee pur- suant to this section does not have author- ity to execute a request for or consent to disclosure permitting the Internal Revenue Service to disclose returns or return infor- mation to another person. (5) No disclosure of return informa- tion if impairment. A disclosure of return information shall not be made under this section if the Internal Revenue Service determines that the dis- closure would seriously impair Federal tax administration (as defined in section 6103(b)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code). (f) Effective date. This section is applicable on January 11, 2001, through January 10, 2004. Robert E. Wenzel, Deputy Commissioner of Internal Revenue. Approved December 29, 2000. Jonathan Talisman, Acting Assistant Secretary of the Treasury. (Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on Janu- ary 10, 2001, 8:45 a. m., and published in the issue of the Federal Register for January 11, 2001, 66 F.R. 2261) 2001–8 I.R.B.707February 20, 2001 26 CFR 601.105: Examination of returns and claims for refund, credit, or abatement; determination of correct tax liability. (Also Part 1, § 6212; 301.6212–1.) Rev. Proc. 2001–18 SECTION 1. PURPOSE .01 This revenue procedure explains how a taxpayer is to inform the Internal Revenue Service of a change of address. When so informed, the Service will update the taxpayer’s address of record to the new address. The Service uses the taxpayer’s address of record for the vari- ous notices that are required to be sent to a taxpayer’s “last known address” under the Internal Revenue Code and for refunds of overpayments of tax. Rev. Proc. 90–18, 1990–1 C.B. 491, is ampli- fied and superseded by this Revenue Procedure. SECTION 2. SCOPE .01 This revenue procedure applies to notices that are required to be sent to a taxpayer’s “last known address” under the following sections of the Code: Section 982(c)(1) (formal document request for the production of foreign- based documentation); Section 6110(f)(3)(B) (notification of disclosure proceedings); Section 6110(f)(4)(B) (notification of disclosure proceedings); Section 6212(b) (notice of deficiency); Section 6245(b)(1) (notice of partner- ship adjustment for electing large partner- ships); Section 6303(a) (notice and demand for tax); Section 6320(a)(2)(C) (notice and opportunity for hearing upon filing of notice of lien); Section 6325(f)(2)(A) (notice of revo- cation of certificate of release or nonat- tachment of a lien); Section 6330(a)(2)(C) (notice and opportunity for hearing before levy); Section 6331(d)(2)(C) (notice of inten- tion to levy); Section 6332(b)(1) (copy of notice of levy with respect to a life insurance or endowment contract); Section 6335(a) and (b) (notices of seizure and sale); Section 6901(g) (notice of liability in transferee cases); Section 7603(b)(1) (summons by mail to third-party record keeper); and Section 7609(a)(2) (notice of third- party summons). .02 The Service generally will use the address on the most recently filed and properly processed return as the address of record for all the notices set forth in section 2.01 above. However, the Service may update the taxpayer’s address of record by using United States Postal Service’s (USPS) National Change of Address database (NCOA database) in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 301.6212–2 (effective January 29, 2001). If a taxpayer wishes to change the address of record, the taxpayer must give clear and concise notification as provided by this revenue procedure. The terms “return,” “properly processed,” “address on return,” and “clear and concise notifi- cation” are defined in section 5 below. SECTION 3. BACKGROUND .01 The Code sections listed in section 2.01 of this revenue procedure use the phrase “last known address.” The intend- ed purpose of the phrase “last known address” can be found in the legislative history of a predecessor to section 6212(b) of the Code, which provides that the purpose of imposing a last known address standard was to relieve the Service of the obviously impossible task of keeping an up-to-date record of taxpay- ers’ addresses. H.R. Rep. No. 2, 70th Cong., 1st Sess. 22 (1927), 1939–1 (Part 2) C.B. 384, 399. .02 The meaning of the phrase “last known address” is important, and taxpay- ers should be aware of their need to update their address with the Service in order to receive refunds of tax and the notices listed in section 2.01 of this rev- enue procedure. When such a notice is sent to a taxpayer’s “last known address,” the notice is legally effective even if the taxpayer never receives it. .03 The Tax Court in Abeles v. Commissioner, 91 T.C. 1019 (1988), acq., 1989–2 C.B. 1,held that “last known address” is the address on the most recent- ly filed and properly processed return, unless the Service has been given clear and concise notification of a different address. This definition has since been incorporated into Treas. Reg. § 301.6212–2(a) (effective January 29, 2001). SECTION 4. PROCEDURES FOR CHANGE OF ADDRESS .01 If a taxpayer files a return with new address information, the proper process- ing of the return will update the taxpayer’s address of record. With the exception of the returns listed in section 4.04, a tax- payer’s address of record will be updated for the name and taxpayer identification number (the employer identification num- ber or the social security number) under which the return is filed. .02 If a taxpayer no longer wishes the address of record to be the one shown on the most recently filed return, for instance, because the taxpayer moved after the return was filed, clear and con- cise written notification of a change of address should be sent to the Internal Revenue Service Center serving the tax- payer’s old address or to the Customer Service Division in the local area office. Form 8822 may be used by taxpayers as clear and concise written notification of a change of address pursuant to this revenue procedure. .03 If, after a joint return is filed, either taxpayer establishes a separate residence, each taxpayer should send clear and con- cise written notification of a current address to the Service as provided in sec- tion 4.02 above. .04 The Service maintains address records for gift, estate, and generation- skipping transfer tax returns (Forms 706, 706–A, 706NA, 709, and 709–A) separate from the address records for individual income tax returns (Forms 1040, 1040A, 1040EZ, 1040NR, 1040–PR, 1040SS, and 1040X). Thus, an individual taxpayer’s notification of a change of address should identify whether any gift, estate, or gener- ation-skipping transfer tax returns are affected by the notification. .05 If a Service employee contacts a taxpayer in connection with the filing of a February 20, 20017082001–8 I.R.B. Part III. Administrative, Procedural, and Miscellaneous return or an adjustment in the taxpayer’s account, the taxpayer may provide clear and concise written notification as provid- ed in section 4.02 above or oral notifica- tion of a change of address to the Service employee who initiated the contact. What constitutes “clear and concise notifica- tion” is defined in section 5 below. .06 A taxpayer should notify the USPS facility serving the taxpayer’s old address of the taxpayer’s new address so that mail from the Service can be forwarded to the new address. The Service may also update a taxpayer’s address of record based on a new address that the taxpayer provides the USPS that is retained in USPS’s NCOA database. SeeTreas. Reg. § 301.6212–2 (effective January 29, 2001). Taxpayers are nonetheless advised to notify the Service directly of a change of address to ensure a timely and accurate update of the Service’s address of record for the taxpayer. SECTION 5. DEFINITIONS .01 Return. For purposes of updating a taxpayer’s address of record, the term “return” includes the following federal tax or information forms: (1) Returns filed under a social security number or an individual taxpayer identifi- cation number: (a) Individual income tax returns: Form 1040 U.S. Individual Income Tax Return; Form 1040A U.S. Individual Income Tax Return; Form 1040EZ Income Tax Return for Single and Joint Filers With No Dependents; Form 1040NR U.S. Nonresident Alien Income Tax Return; Form 1040NR-EZ U.S. Income Tax Return for Certain Nonresident Aliens With No Dependents; Form 1040-PR Planilla Para La Declaracion De La Contribucion Federal Sobre El Trabajo Por Cuenta Propia — Puerto Rico; Form 1040-SS U.S. Self-Employment Tax Return, Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI), or Puerto Rico; Form 1040X Amended U.S. Individual Income Tax Return; (b) Gift, estate, and generation-skip- ping transfer tax returns: Form 706 United States Estate (and Generation-Skipping Transfer) Tax Return; Form 706-A United States Additional Estate Tax Return; Form 706-NA United States Estate (and Generation-Skipping Transfer) Tax Return, Estate of nonresident not a citizen of the United States; Form 709 United States Gift (and Generation-Skipping Transfer) Tax Return; Form 709-A United States Short Form Gift Tax Return; (2) Returns filed under an employer identification number: Form CT-1 Employer’s Annual Railroad Retirement Tax Return; Form 720 Quarterly Federal Excise Tax Return; Form 730 Monthly Tax on Wagering (Section 4401 of the Internal Revenue Code); Form 940 Employer’s Annual Federal Unemployment (FUTA) Tax Return; Form 940-PR Planilla Para La Declaracion Anual Del Patrono — La Contribucion Federal Para El Desempleo (FUTA); Form 940-EZ Employer’s Annual Federal Unemployment (FUTA) Tax Return; Form 941 Employer’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return; Form 941c Supporting Statement to Correct Information; Form 941E Quarterly Return of Withheld Federal Income Tax and Medicare Tax; Form 941-M Employer’s Monthly Federal Tax Return; Form 941cPR Planilla Para La Correccion De Informacion Facilitada Anteriormente En Cumplimiento Con La Ley Del Seguro Social Y Del Seguro Medicare; Form 941-PR Planilla Para La Declaracion Trimestral Del Patrono — La Contribucion Federal Al Seguro Social Y Al Seguro Medicare; Form 941SS Employer’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return; Form 943 Employer’s Annual Tax Return for Agricultural Employees; Form 943-PR Planilla Para La Declaracion Anual De La Contribucion Del Patrono De Empleados Agricolas; Form 945 Annual Return of Withheld Federal Income Tax; Form 990 Return of Organization Exempt from Income Tax — Under sec- tion 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code (except black lung benefit trust or private foundation), section 527, or section 4947(a)(1) nonexempt charitable trust; Form 990-C Farmers’ Cooperative Association Income Tax Return; Form 990-EZ Short Form Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax — Under section 501(c) of the Internal Revenue Code (except black lung benefit trust or private foundation), section 527, or section 4947(a)(1) nonexempt charita- ble trust; Form 990-PF Return of Private Foundation or Section 4947(a)(1) Nonexempt Charitable Trust Treated as a Private Foundation; Form 990-T Exempt Organization Business Income Tax Return (and proxy tax under section 6033(e)); Form 1041 U.S. Income Tax Return for Estates and Trusts; Form 1042 Annual Withholding Tax Return for U.S. Source Income of Foreign Persons; Form 1065 U.S. Return of Partnership Income; Form 1066 U.S. Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (REMIC) Income Tax Return; Form 1120 U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return; Form 1120-A U.S. Corporation Short- Form Income Tax Return; Form 1120-F U.S. Income Tax Return of a Foreign Corporation; Form 1120-FSC U.S. Income Tax Return of a Foreign Sales Corporation; Form 1120-H U.S. Income Tax Return for Homeowners Associations; Form 1120-L U.S. Life Insurance Company Income Tax Return; Form 1120-ND Return for Nuclear Decommissioning Funds and Certain Related Persons; Form 1120-PC U.S. Property and Casualty Insurance Company Income Tax Return; Form 1120-POL U.S. Income Tax Return for Certain Political Organizations; Form 1120-REIT U.S. Income Tax Return for Real Estate Investment Trusts; Form 1120-RIC U.S. Income Tax Return for Regulated Investment Companies; 2001–8 I.R.B.709February 20, 2001 Form 1120S U.S. Income Tax Return for an S Corporation; Form 1120-SF U.S. Income Tax Return for Settlement Funds (Under Section 468B); Form 1120X Amended U.S. Corporation Income Tax Return; Form 1139 Corporation Application for Tentative Refund; Form 2290 Heavy Highway Vehicle Use Tax Return; and Form 5227 Split-Interest Trust Information Return. (3) The term “return” includes substi- tute forms (as defined in Rev. Proc. 2000–19, 2000–12 I.R.B. 785, reprinted in IRS Publication 1167, or as defined in other current revenue procedures concern- ing the requirements for substitute forms) for those forms listed in section 5.01(1) and (2) above. (4) The term “return” does not include applications for extension of time to file a return. Thus, for example, a new address listed on Form 4868, Application for Automatic Extension of Time to File U.S. Individual Income Tax Return, will not be used by the Service to update the taxpay- er’s address of record. .02 Properly processed. (1) Except as otherwise provided by the exceptions below, a return will be con- sidered properly processed after a 45-day processing period which begins the day after the date of receipt of the return by the Internal Revenue Service Center. However, if a return is received prior to the due date for the return, the 45-day pro- cessing period will begin the day after the due date of the return. Returns that are not filed in a processible form may require additional processing time. In such cases, the 45-day processing period for address changes will begin the day after the error that caused the return to be unprocessible is corrected. (2) Due to the high volume of returns received during the filing season, if a tax- payer provides new address information on a Form 1040, 1040A, 1040EZ, 1040NR, 1040-PR, 1040-SS, or 1040X, that is received by the Service after February 14 and before June 1, the return will be considered properly processed on July 16. (3) A clear and concise written notifi- cation of a change of address will be con- sidered properly processed after a 45-day processing period which begins the day after the date of receipt by: (a) the Internal Revenue Service Center serving the taxpayer’s old address; (b) the Customer Service Division in the local area office; or (c) a Service employee who contacted the taxpayer in connection with the filing of a return or an adjustment in the taxpay- er’s account. (4) Clear and concise oral notification of a change of address will be considered properly processed after a 45-day pro- cessing period which begins the day after the date of the communication to the Service employee who contacted the tax- payer in connection with the filing of a return or an adjustment in the taxpayer’s account. (5) When the processing of address change information on a particular return will require a processing time in excess of 45 days, such as in section 5.02(2), tax- payers may send clear and concise written notification of a change of address to the Service in accordance with section 5.02(3) above. .03 Address on Return. The “address on return” is the address information shown in the upper portion of the front page of the return. When a taxpayer files an electronic/magnetic media return, the address information on the electronic/magnetic media portion of the return will be used to update the tax- payer’s address of record. Although the electronic/magnetic media return includes a Form 8453 series declaration, the declaration is not used by the Service to update the taxpayer’s address of record. .04 Clear and Concise Written Notification. (1) Clear and concise written notifica- tion is a statement signed by the taxpay- er informing the Service that a taxpayer wishes the address of record changed to a new address. In addition to the new address, this notification must contain the taxpayer’s full name, signature, old address, and social security number and/or employer identification number. Filers of a joint return should provide both names, social security numbers, and signatures. Individuals that have changed last names, for instance, due to marriage, should provide the last name shown on the most recently filed return and the new last name. In all cases, clear and concise written notification must be specific as to a change of address. Thus, a new address reflected in the letterhead of taxpayer correspondence will not by itself change a taxpayer’s address of record. (2) Correspondence sent by the Service that solicits or requires a response by the taxpayer that is returned to the Service by the taxpayer with corrections marked on the taxpayer’s address information will constitute clear and concise written notifi- cation of a change of address. The taxpay- er’s signature on the correspondence is not required. (3) Additionally, the Form 8822, Change of Address, can be used by tax- payers as clear and concise written notifi- cation of a change of address pursuant to this revenue procedure. .05 Clear and Concise Oral Notification. Clear and concise oral notification is a statement made by a taxpayer directly to a Service employee, who initiated contact with the taxpayer on an active account, informing the Service employee that the taxpayer wishes the address of record changed to a new address. In addition to the new address, the taxpayer must pro- vide the taxpayer’s full name, old address, and social security number and/or employer identification number. The Service employee should follow estab- lished procedures to determine that the person providing the information is in fact the taxpayer whose address of record will be changed. SECTION 6. AREAS NOT COVERED BY THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE .01 This revenue procedure does not apply to the notice requirements under sections 6221 through 6234, and 6037(c) of the Code concerning the tax treatment of partnership and subchapter S items. .02 This revenue procedure does not apply to the following returns because they have unique processing requirements: Form 5330 Return of Excise Taxes Related to Employee Benefits Plans (Under sections 4971, 4972, 4973(a)(3), 4975, 4976, 4977, 4978, 4978A, 4978B, 4979A, and 4980 of the Internal Revenue Code); Form 5500 Annual Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan; February 20, 20017102001–8 I.R.B. Form 5500-C/R Return/Report of Employee Benefit Plan (with fewer than 100 participants); and Form 5500-EZ Annual Return of One- Participant (Owners and Their Spouses) Retirement Plan. .03 This revenue procedure does not require the Service to send notices to an address furnished by the taxpayer when it is determined that a taxpayer cannot actu- ally be contacted or located at that address. SECTION 7. EFFECTIVE DATE This revenue procedure is effective February 20, 2001, the date of its publica- tion. SECTION 8. DRAFTING INFORMATION The principal author of this revenue pro- cedure is R. Bradley Taylor of the Office of the Associate Chief Counsel, Procedure and Administration (Administrative Provisions and Judicial Practice). For fur- ther information regarding this revenue procedure, contact R. Bradley Taylor at (202) 622-4940 (not a toll-free call). 2001–8 I.R.B.711February 20, 2001 Partial Withdrawal of Notice of Proposed Rulemaking and Amendments to Notice of Proposed Rulemaking Tax Treatment of Cafeteria Plans REG–209461–79 AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury. ACTION: Partial withdrawal of notice of proposed rulemaking and amendments to notice of proposed rulemaking. SUMMARY: This document withdraws §1.125–2 Q&A–6(b),(c), and (d), and amends §1.125–2 Q&A–6(a) in the notice of proposed rulemaking (EE–130–86, 1989–1 C.B. 944) relating to cafeteria plans that was published in the Federal Registeron March 7, 1989. Further, this document amends §1.125–1 Q&A–8 in the notice of proposed rulemaking relat- ing to cafeteria plans that was published in the Federal Register on May 7, 1984, and amended on November 7, 1997, and March 23, 2000. This withdrawal and amendment are made because of changes made to these rules in the §1.125–4 final regulations (T.D. 8921, 2001–7 I.R.B. 532) relating to cafeteria plans. DATES: Written or electronically generated comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by April 10, 2001. ADDRESSES: Send submission to: CC:M&SP:RU (REG–209461–79), room 5226, Internal Revenue Service, POB 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. to CC:M&SP:RU (REG–209461–79), Courier’s Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC. Alternatively, taxpayers may submit com- ments electronically via the Internet by selecting the “Tax Regs” option on the IRS Home Page, or by submitting comments directly to the IRS Internet site at http://www.irs.gov/tax_regs/regslist.html. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CON- TACT: Christine Keller or Janet Laufer at (202)622-6080 (not a toll-free number). SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background On March 7, 1989, the IRS issued pro- posed regulations §1.125–2 Q&A-6 relat- ing to the circumstances under which par- ticipants may revoke existing elections and make new elections under a cafeteria plan. The IRS published final regulations (T.D. 8921, 2001–7 I.R.B. 532) under § 1.125–4 that address certain parts of this rule. Accordingly, §1.125–2 Q&A- 6(b), (c), and (d) are withdrawn and §1.125–2 Q&A-6(a) of this rule is amended. Further, on May 7, 1984, the IRS issued proposed regulations §1.125–1 Q&A-8 relating to the requirements that apply to participants’ elections under a cafeteria plan. Q&A-8 of these regulations was amended on November 7, 1997, and March 23, 2000, to conform with the §1.125–4T and §1.125–4 regulations published on these dates, and is further amended to conform with the final §1.125–4 regulations published on January 10, 2001. Partial Withdrawal of Notice of Proposed Rulemaking Accordingly, under the authority of 26 U.S.C. 7805, §1.125–2 Q&A-6(b), (c) and (d) in the notice of proposed rulemaking that was published on March 7, 1989 (54 F.R. 9460), is withdrawn. * * * * * Amendments to Previously Proposed Rules Accordingly, the proposed rules published on May 7, 1984 (49 F.R. 19321), and amend- ed on November 7, 1997 (62 F.R. 60196), and March 23, 2000 (65 F.R. 15587), and the rules published on March 7, 1989 (54 F.R. 9460), are amended as follows: PART 1— INCOME TAXES Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows: Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * * Par. 2. In §1.125–1, as proposed May 7, 1984 (49 F.R. 19321), and as amended March 23, 2000 (65 F.R. 15587), Q&A-8 is amended by removing the last four sen- tences of A-8 and adding a sentence in their place to read as follows: §1.125–1 Questions and answers relating to cafeteria plan. * * * * * Q-8: What requirements apply to par- ticipants’ elections under a cafeteria plan? A-8: * * * However, a cafeteria plan may permit a participant to revoke a ben- efit election after the period of coverage has commenced and make a new election with respect to the remainder of the peri- od of coverage if both the revocation and the new election are permitted under § 1.125–4. * * * * * Par. 3. In §1.125–2, as proposed March 7, 1989 (54 F.R. 9460), and as amended March 23, 2000 (65 F.R. 15587), A-6 is amended by removing A- 6(b), A-6(c), and A-6(d), redesignating A-6(e) as paragraph A-6(b), removing the last 5 sentences of A-6(a) and adding a sentence in their place to read as fol- lows: Q-6: In what circumstance may partici- pants revoke existing elections and make new elections under a cafeteria plan? A-6: * * * (a) * * * However, to the extent permit- ted under §1.125–4, the terms of a cafe- teria plan may permit a participant to revoke an existing election and to make a new election with respect to the remaining portion of the period of coverage. * * * * * Robert E. Wenzel, Deputy Commissioner of Internal Revenue. (Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on Janu- ary 9, 2001, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal Register for January 10, 2001, 66 F.R. 1923) Notice of Proposed Rulemaking by Cross-Reference to Temporary Regulations February 20, 20017122001–8 I.R.B. Part IV. Items of General Interest Excise Taxes on Excess Benefit Transactions REG–246256–96 AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury. ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemak- ing by cross-reference to temporary regu- lations. SUMMARY: In T.D. 8920 on page 654 of this Bulletin, the IRS is issuing temporary regulations relating to the excise taxes on excess benefit transactions under section 4958 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code), as well as certain amendments and addi- tions to existing Income Tax Regulations affected by section 4958. Section 4958 was enacted in section 1311 of the Taxpayer Bill of Rights 2. Section 4958 generally is effective for transactions occurring on or after September 14, 1995. Section 4958 imposes excise taxes on transactions that provide excess economic benefits to disqualified persons of public charities and social welfare organizations (referred to as applicable tax-exempt orga- nizations). Disqualified persons who ben- efit from an excess benefit transaction with an applicable tax-exempt organization are liable for a tax of 25 percent of the excess benefit. Such persons are also liable for a tax of 200 percent of the excess benefit if the excess benefit is not corrected by a cer- tain date. Additionally, organization man- agers who participate in an excess benefit transaction knowingly, willfully, and with- out reasonable cause, are liable for a tax of 10 percent of the excess benefit. The tax for which participating organization man- agers are liable cannot exceed $10,000 for any one excess benefit transaction. DATES: Written comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by April 10, 2001. In addition to any com- ments addressing substantive issues of the proposed regulations, the IRS and Treasury specifically request comments on the clarity of the proposed rule and how it may be made easier to understand. ADDRESSES: Send submissions to: CC:M&SP:RU (REG–246256–96), room 5226, Internal Revenue Service, POB 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. to: CC:M&SP:RU (REG–246256–96), Courier’s Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC. Alternatively, taxpayers may submit comments electronically via the Internet by selecting the “Tax Regs” option on the IRS Home Page, or by sub- mitting comments directly to the IRS Internet site at http://www.irs. gov/prod/tax_regs/comments.html. A public hearing will be scheduled if requested. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CON- TACT: Concerning submissions, Guy Traynor, (202) 622-7180; concerning the regulations, Phyllis D. Haney, (202) 622- 4290 (not toll-free numbers). SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Paperwork Reduction Act The collections of information contained in these proposed regulations have been reviewed and approved by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3507) under control number 1545–1623, in conjunction with the notice of proposed rule- making published August 4, 1998, 63 F.R. 41486, REG–246256–96, Failure by Certain Charitable Organizations to Meet Certain Qualification Requirements; Taxes on Excess Benefit Transactions. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it dis- plays a valid control number assigned by the Office of Management and Budget. Books and records relating to the col- lection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become mater- ial in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103. Special Analyses It has been determined that this notice of proposed rulemaking is not a signifi- cant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a reg- ulatory assessment is not required. An initial regulatory flexibility analysis was prepared as required for the collection of information under 5 U.S.C. 603 in the notice of proposed rulemaking, REG–246256–96, Failure by Certain Charitable Organizations to Meet Certain Qualification Requirements; Taxes on Excess Benefit Transactions, pub- lished August 4, 1998, at 63 F.R. 41486. The initial analysis was submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code for comment on its impact on business. The initial analysis continues to apply to this proposed rule. Pursuant to sec- tion 7805(f) of the Code, this notice of pro- posed rulemaking will be submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on business. Comments and Requests for a Public Hearing Before these proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations, consideration will be given to any comments (a signed original and eight (8) copies) that are sub- mitted timely to the IRS. The IRS and Treasury specifically request comments on the clarity of the proposed rule and how it may be made easier to understand. All comments will be available for public inspection and copying. A public hearing may be scheduled if requested in writing by a person who timely submits written comments. If a public hearing is scheduled, notice of the date, time, and place will be published in the Federal Register. Drafting Information The principal author of these regula- tions is Phyllis D. Haney, Office of Division Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax-Exempt and Government Entities). However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury Department partici- pated in their development. * * * * * 26 CFR Part 301 Employment taxes, Estate taxes, Excise taxes, Gift taxes, Income taxes, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Accordingly, 26 CFR Parts 53 and 301 are proposed to be amended as follows: PART 53—FOUNDATION AND SIMILAR EXCISE TAXES Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 53 continues to read as follows: 2001–8 I.R.B.713February 20, 2001 Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805. Par. 2. Sections 53.4958–0 through 53.4958–8 are added to read as follows: [The text of proposed §§53.4958–0 through 53.4958–8 is the same as the text of §53.4958–0T through 53.4958–8T published in T.D. 8920.] Robert E. Wenzel, Deputy Commissioner of Internal Revenue. (Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on Janu- ary 9, 2001, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal Register for January 10, 2001, 66 F.R. 2173) Notice of Proposed Rulemaking Disclosure of Returns and Return Information to Designee of Taxpayer REG –103320–00 AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury. ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemak- ing. SUMMARY: In T.D. 8935 on page 702 of this Bulletin, the IRS is issuing a tempo- rary regulation relating to the disclosure of returns and return information to the designee of a taxpayer. The text of that temporary regulation also serves as the text of this regulation. DATES: Written and electronic comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by April 11, 2001. ADDRESSES: Send submissions to: CC:M&SP:RU (REG–103320–00), room 5226, Internal Revenue Service, POB 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, D.C. 20044. Submissions may be hand delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. to: CC:M&SP:RU (REG–103320–00), Courier’s Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC. Alternatively, tax- payers may submit comments electronically via the Internet by selecting the “Tax Regs” option on the IRS Home Page, or by submit- ting comments directly to the IRS Internet site: http://www.irs.gov/prod/tax_regs/com- ments/html. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CON- TACT: Joseph Conley (202) 622-4580 (not a toll-free number). SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background Section 6103(c), as amended by section 1207 of the Taxpayer Bill of Rights II, Public Law 104–168 (110 Stat. 1452), authorizes the IRS to disclose returns and return information to such person or per- sons as the taxpayer may designate in a request for or consent to disclosure or to any other person at the taxpayer’s request to the extent necessary to comply with a request for information or assistance made by the taxpayer to such other per- son. Disclosure is permitted subject to such requirements and conditions as may be prescribed by regulations. With the amendment in 1996, Congress eliminated the longstanding requirement that disclo- sures to designees of the taxpayer must be pursuant to the written request or consent of the taxpayer. The purpose of this amendment to section 6103(c) was to assist the IRS in developing a paperless tax administration system that relies on, among other things, electronic communi- cation. H.R. Rep. No. 104–506, at 49 (1996), reprinted in 1996 U.S.C.A.N. 1143, 1172. On October 3, 1980, a final regulation (T.D. 7723, 1980–2 C.B. 346) relating to the disclosure of tax returns and return information to a person designated by the taxpayer in a written request or consent was published in theFederal Register (45 F.R. 65564). Since the publication of this final regulation, the IRS has deter- mined that further guidance on written consent requirements is necessary. This document contains a proposed regulation that authorizes the disclosure of tax returns and return information to a designee of the taxpayer pursuant to nonwritten requests or consents autho- rizing the disclosures. Such proposed regulation also amends the existing reg- ulation to clarify the rules applicable to written requests or consents to disclo- sure. The text of the temporary regulation (T.D. 8935) on page 702 of this Bulletin serves as the text of this proposed regula- tion. The preamble to the temporary reg- ulation explains the regulation. Special Analysis It has been determined that this Treasury decision is not a significant reg- ulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It is hereby certified that this proposed regulation will not impose a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The regulation is intended to reduce the burden on taxpayers and to facilitate the development of a paperless tax adminis- tration system. The prior regulation required that a taxpayer provide a written request or consent before the IRS could disclose the taxpayer’s return information to a designee of the taxpayer; this regula- tion permits such a disclosure, under cer- tain specified circumstances, pursuant to the taxpayer’s nonwritten request or con- sent. The regulation also provides para- meters for the development of consents for the electronic filing program, and it reduces the burden on taxpayers in com- bined Federal-State return filing programs by facilitating the electronic filing of a Federal-State return by means of a single electronic transmission. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, this notice of pro- posed rulemaking will be submitted to the Chief Counsel of Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small businesses. Comments and Requests for a Public Hearing Before the proposed regulation is adopt- ed as a final regulation, consideration will be given to any electronic and written com- ments (a signed original and eight (8) copies) that are submitted timely to the IRS. The IRS and Treasury Department specifi- cally request comments on consents or notices authorizing disclosures in an elec- tronic environment. Additionally, the IRS and Treasury Department specifically request comments on the clarity of the pro- posed regulation and how it can be made easier to understand. All comments will be available for public inspection and copying. A public hearing may be scheduled if requested in writing by a person that timely submits comments. If a public hearing is scheduled, notice of the date, time, and place for the hearing will be published in the Federal Register. February 20, 20017142001–8 I.R.B. Drafting Information The principal author of this regulation is Jamie Bernstein, Office of the Associate Chief Counsel, Procedure and Administration (Disclosure & Privacy Law Division). However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury Department participated in its development. * * * * * Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations Accordingly, 26 CFR Part 301 is amended as follows: PART 301—PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 301 is amended by adding an entry in numerical order to read in part as follows: Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * * Section 301.6103(c)–1 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 6103(c). *** Par. 2. Section 301.6103(c)–1 is added to read as follows: §301.6103(c)–1 Disclosure of returns and return information to designee of taxpayer. [The text of this proposed section is the same as the text of §301.6103(c)–1T pub- lished in T.D. 8935.] Robert E. Wenzel, Deputy Commissioner of Internal Revenue. (Filed by the Office of the Federal Register on Janu- ary 10, 2001, 8:45 a.m., and published in the issue of the Federal Register for January 11, 2001, F.R. 2373) Extended Time for Use of the Revised Form W-9 Announcement 2001–15 Purpose This is to advise persons required to file information returns of the availability and required use of Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification(Rev. December, 2000). In response to payor concerns about imple- menting the new certification require- ments, the use of revised Form W-9 is optional until July 1, 2001. Certification of U.S. Status The major change to the form is that under Part III, Certification, a payee must now certify that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Payors must use the revised Form W-9 for all new solicitations after June 30, 2001. Foreign Payees A foreign person may not use Form W- 9 to furnish his or her taxpayer identifica- tion number to the payor after December 31, 2000. Instead, foreign payees must use the appropriate Form W-8. Guidance to Federally Recognized Indian Tribal Governments About Their Federal Unemployment Tax Act Obligations for 2000 Announcement 2001–16 This announcement provides guidance to federally recognized Indian tribal gov- ernments, including any subdivision, subsidiary, or wholly-owned business enterprise, about their Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) obliga- tions for 2000. The announcement is being made because the recent enactment of Section 166 of the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (H.R. 5662, incorporated in H.R. 4577, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2001) (Pub. L. No. 106–554, 114 Stat. 2763) changed how FUTA applies to Indian tribal governments. For services rendered after December 20, 2000, federally recognized Indian tribal governments are exempt from FUTA. Instead, an Indian tribal gov- ernment may elect to make contribu- tions to the State unemployment fund as if services by its employees were employment under FUTA, or it may make payments in lieu of the contribu- tions in amounts equal to the unem- ployment benefits attributable under the State law to such service; and Indian tribal governments may make separate elections for any subdivision, subsidiary, or business enterprise whol- ly owned by it. The new law also includes a transition rule that may eliminate an Indian tribal government’s obligation to pay FUTA taxes for certain services rendered during 2000, but before December 21, of that year. Under the transition rule, an Indian tribal government has no FUTA tax liability for services performed by its employees if the following conditions are satisfied: (1) the service was per- formed before December 21, 2000; (2) the tax imposed under FUTA was not paid; and(3) the Indian tribal govern- ment reimburses a State unemployment fund for unemployment benefits actually paid for services performed before December 21, 2000. The due date for Form 940, for ser- vices rendered in 2000, is January 31, 2001, and FUTA taxes deposited during 2000, generally are deemed not paid until that date. Therefore, FUTA tax deposits for services performed from January 1, 2000, through December 20, 2000, were not paid by December 21, 2000, and are therefore not considered paid for purposes of the transition rule. Note, however, that FUTA tax liability paid before the enactment of the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (i.e., for years before 2000), may not be refunded under the terms of the law. Therefore, the transition rule options described in this announcement apply to Form 940 only for year 2000. Because this law was enacted in December of 2000, many Indian tribal governments may not have had time to consider the options available and may not know how they plan to proceed by January 31, 2001, under this new law. Furthermore, the State governments have not yet had time to establish procedures for the reimbursement of the State unem- ployment funds. Indian tribal governments may use one of the following options in filing Form 940 for 2000: OPTION 1 If the Indian tribal government knows before January 31, 2001, that it wishes to use the transition rule for all of its 2000 FUTA liabilities and will satisfy the terms 2001–8 I.R.B.715February 20, 2001 of that rule, including the reimbursement of the State, it may file a Form 940 filled out in the following way: 1. Write across the top of the Form 940: “Announcement 2001–16.” 2. Check the box stating that it is not required to file Form 940 in the future. 3. Total payments made in 2000 for ser- vices rendered for the year 2000, should be entered on line 1 of Part I of Form 940. 4. The amount entered on line 1 of Part I should also be entered on line 2. 5. Line 2 also requests an explanation about why the amounts are exempt. The Indian tribal government should state: “Announcement 2001–16.” 6. On line 5, enter zero as FUTA tax lia- bility. 7. On line 7 of Part II, enter zero. 8. On line 8 of Part II, enter the total FUTA tax deposited for the year. 9. On line 10 of Part II, enter the amount from line 8. OPTION 2 If the Indian tribal government has not determined how it wishes to pro- ceed concerning the transition rule, it should file the Form 940 for 2000 claiming exemption only for services performed after December 20, 2000. The Indian tribal government may later use an amended return for 2000 to exer- cise its option to use the transition rule and receive a refund for amounts deposited. If the Indian tribal govern- ment chooses to amend its return, it should file another Form 940 and check the box that indicates it is an amended return. It should follow the directions in Option 1 when it prepares this amended Form 940. These amended Forms 940 for 2000 must be filed no later than January 31, 2004. In the alternative, recognizing the limit- ed period of time the Indian tribal govern- ment has to react to the new law, it may file the Form 940 for 2000 as if the new law had not been enacted. The Indian tribal government should later use an amended return for 2000 to receive a refund for amounts deposited for services after December 21, 2000, but before January 1, 2001, even if the Indian tribal government decides not to use the transi- tion rule. TRANSITION RULE ELECTIONS FOR SUBDIVISIONS, SUBSIDIARIES, OR WHOLLY-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES An Indian tribal government may choose to apply the transition rule sepa- rately to each subdivision, subsidiary, or wholly-owned business enterprise. For example, the Indian tribal government could elect to reimburse the State unem- ployment funds for one wholly-owned business enterprise, and receive a refund of amounts deposited with respect to that wholly-owned business enterprise, but not make the election for another wholly- owned business enterprise. If the Indian tribal government decides to apply the transition rule differently to different sub- divisions, subsidiaries, or wholly-owned business enterprises, it may use either Option 1 or Option 2, but should enter on line 2 of Part I ONLY those amounts attributable to subdivisions, subsidiaries, or wholly-owned business enterprises to which its transition rule election applies, then complete the calculations by follow- ing the form instructions. For further information regarding this announcement, contact the Tax Exempt and Government Entities Customer Account Services call site at 1-877-829- 5500 (toll-free). New Form 8875, Taxable REIT Subsidiary Election Announcement 2001–17 New Form 8875 is now available for tax years beginning after 2000. An eligi- ble corporation and a REIT use Form 8875 to jointly elect to have the corpora- tion treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. The corporation and the REIT can make this election if the REIT directly or indi- rectly owns stock in the corporation. You can obtain Form 8875 by tele- phone or by using IRS electronic informa- tion services. Request by Number or address Telephone 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676) Personal computer: IRS Web Site www.irs.gov File transfer protocol ftp://ftp.irs.gov Deletions From Cumulative List of Organizations Contributions to Which Are Deductible Under Section 170 of the Code Announcement 2001–20 The names of organizations that no longer qualify as organizations described in section 170(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 are listed below. Generally, the Service will not disallow deductions for contributions made to a listed organization on or before the date of announcement in the Internal Revenue Bulletin that an organization no longer qualifies. However, the Service is not precluded from disallowing a deduction for any contributions made after an orga- nization ceases to qualify under section 170(c)(2) if the organization has not time- ly filed a suit for declaratory judgment under section 7428 and if the contributor (1) had knowledge of the revocation of the ruling or determination letter, (2) was aware that such revocation was imminent, or (3) was in part responsible for or was aware of the activities or omissions of the organization that brought about this revo- cation. If on the other hand a suit for declara- tory judgment has been timely filed, con- tributions from individuals and organiza- tions described in section 170(c)(2) that are otherwise allowable will continue to be deductible. Protection under section 7428(c) would begin on February 20, 2001, and would end on the date the court first determines that the organization is not described in section 170(c)(2) as more particularly set forth in section 7428 (c)(1). For individual contributors, the maximum deduction protected is $1,000, with a husband and wife treated as one contributor. This benefit is not extended to any individual, in whole or in part, for the acts or omissions of the organization that were the basis for revocation. Hemotec Medical Research Foundation Ontario, CA St. David’s Health Care System, Inc. Austin, TX Watts 13 Foundation Los Angeles, CA February 20, 20017162001–8 I.R.B. 2001–8 I.R.B.717February 20, 2001 Announcement of the Consent Voluntary Suspension of Attorneys, Certified Public Accountants, Enrolled Agents, and Enrolled Actuaries From Practice Before the Internal Revenue Service Under 31 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 10, an attorney, certified public ac- countant, enrolled agent or enrolled actu- ary, in order to avoid the institution or conclusion of a proceeding for his disbar- ment or suspension from practice before the Internal Revenue Service, may offer his consent to suspension from such prac- tice. The Director of Practice, in his dis- cretion, may suspend an attorney, certi- fied public accountant, enrolled agent or enrolled actuary in accordance with the consent offered. Attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled agents and enrolled actuaries are prohibited in any Internal Revenue Ser- vice matter from directly or indirectly em- ploying, accepting assistance from, being employed by or sharing fees with, any practitioner disbarred or suspended from practice before the Internal Revenue Ser- vice. To enable attorneys, certified public ac- countants, enrolled agents and enrolled ac- tuaries to identify practitioners under con- sent suspension from practice before the Internal Revenue Service, the Director of Practice will announce in the Internal Rev- enue Bulletin the names and addresses of practitioners who have been suspended from such practice, their designation as at- torney, certified public accountant, en- rolled agent or enrolled actuary, and date or period of suspension. This announce- ment will appear in the weekly Bulletin at the earliest practicable date after such ac- tion and will continue to appear in the weekly Bulletins for five successive weeks or for as many weeks as is practica- ble for each attorney, certified public ac- countant, enrolled agent or enrolled actu- ary so suspended and will be consolidated and published in the Cumulative Bulletin. The following individuals have been placed under consent suspension from practice before the Internal Revenue Ser- vice: Date of NameAddressDesignationSuspension Sinclair, Gerald A.Hammond, INEnrolledAugust 16, 2000 Agentto August 15, 2001 Barrett, NormanDover, DECPASeptember 1, 2000 to November 30, 2001 Janus, Stephen E.Michigan City, INCPASeptember 20, 2000 to September 19, 2003 McCormack, Frank J.Castlebury, FLCPASeptember 20, 2000 to September 19, 2003 Serio, Vinson J.Metairie, LAEnrolled October 1, 2000 Agentto September 30, 2003 Baker, Linda L.West Orange, NJCPAOctober 20, 2000 to April 19, 2004 Duncanson, Thomas D.Mankato, MNCPANovember 7, 2000 to May 6, 2003 West, KeithPasadena, CAEnrolledNovember 15, 2000 Agentto May 14, 2001 Overbeck, MariettaEvansville, INCPANovember 15, 2000 to November 14, 2002 Garrison, John L.Guymon, OKCPANovember 20, 2000 to November 19, 2002 Announcement of the Disbarment and Suspension of Attorneys, Certified Public Accountants, Enrolled Agents, and Enrolled Actuaries From Practice Before the Internal Revenue Service Under title 31 of the Code of Federal Regulations, section 10.76, the Director of Practice is authorized to immediately suspend from practice before the Internal Revenue Service any practitioner who, within five years, from the date the expe- dited proceeding is instituted, (1) has had a license to practice as an attorney, certi- fied public accountant, or actuary sus- pended or revoked for cause; or (2) has been convicted of any crime under title 26 of the United States Code or, of a felony under title 18 of the United States Code involving dishonesty or breach of trust. Attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled agents, and enrolled actuaries are prohibited in any Internal Revenue Service matter from directly or indirectly employ- ing, accepting assistance from, being em- ployed by, or sharing fees with, any practi- tioner disbarred or suspended from practice before the Internal Revenue Service. To enable attorneys, certified pubic ac- countants, enrolled agents, and enrolled ac- tuaries to identify practitioners under expe- dited suspension from practice before the Internal Revenue Service, the Director of Practice will announce in the Internal Rev- enue Bulletin the names and addresses of practitioners who have been suspended from such practice, their designation as at- torney, certified public accountant, enrolled agent, or enrolled actuary, and date or pe- riod of suspension. This announcement will appear in the weekly Bulletin at the earliest practicable date after such action and will continue to appear in the weekly Bulletins for five successive weeks or for as many weeks as is practicable for each attorney, certified public accountant, enrolled agent, or enrolled actuary so suspended and will be consolidated and published in the Cu- mulative Bulletin. The following individuals have been placed under suspension from practice be- fore the Internal Revenue Service by virtue of the expedited proceeding provi- sions of the applicable regulations: February 20, 20017182001–8 I.R.B. Announcement of the Expedited Suspension of Attorneys, Certified Public Accountants, Enrolled Agents, and Enrolled Actuaries From Practice Before the Internal Revenue Service Date of NameAddressDesignationSuspension Barger, Robert E.Garden Ridge, TXAttorneyIndefinite from October 10, 2000 Roberts, Thomas W.Cincinnati OHCPAIndefinite from October 24, 2000 Aiken, Kim Allen Olympia, WACPADecember 10, 2000 to June 9, 2002 D’Arata, David J.Buffalo, NYCPAJanuary 1, 2001 to June 30, 2003 Gambrel, Thomas R.Corbin, KYCPAJanuary 1, 2001 to December 31, 2004 Under Section 330, Title 31 of the United States Code, the Secretary of the Treasury, after due notice and opportunity for hearing, is authorized to suspend or disbar from practice before the Internal Revenue Service any person who has vio- lated the rules and regulations governing the recognition of attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled agents or en- rolled actuaries to practice before the In- ternal Revenue Service. Attorneys, certified public accountants, enrolled agents, and enrolled actuaries are prohibited in any Internal Revenue Service matter from directly or indirectly employing, accepting assistance from, being employed by, or sharing fees with any practitioner dis- barred or under suspension from practice be- fore the Internal Revenue Service. To enable attorneys, certified public ac- countants, enrolled agents and enrolled actuaries to identify such disbarred or sus- pended practitioners, the Director of Prac- tice will announce in the Internal Revenue Bulletin the names and addresses of prac- titioners who have been suspended from such practice, their designation as attor- 2001–8 I.R.B.719February 20, 2001 ney, certified public accountant, enrolled agent or enrolled actuary, and the date of disbarment or period of suspension. This announcement will appear in the weekly Bulletin for five successive weeks or as long as it is practicable for each attorney, certified public accountant, enrolled agent or enrolled actuary so suspended or dis- barred and will be consolidated and pub- lished in the Cumulative Bulletin. After due notice and opportunity for hearing before an administrative law judge, the following individual has been disbarred from futher practice before the Internal Revenue Service: Effective NameAddressDesignationDate Joyner, JosephGary, INCPANovember 24, 2000 February 20, 2001i2001–8 I.R.B. Revenue rulings and revenue procedures (hereinafter referred to as “rulings”) that have an effect on previous rulings use the following defined terms to de- scribe the effect: Amplified describes a situation where no change is being made in a prior pub- lished position, but the prior position is being extended to apply to a variation of the fact situation set forth therein. Thus, if an earlier ruling held that a principle applied to A, and the new ruling holds that the same principle also applies to B, the earlier ruling is amplified. (Compare with modified, below). Clarified is used in those instances where the language in a prior ruling is being made clear because the language has caused, or may cause, some confu- sion. It is not used where a position in a prior ruling is being changed. Distinguisheddescribes a situation where a ruling mentions a previously published ruling and points out an essen- tial difference between them. Modified is used where the substance of a previously published position is being changed. Thus, if a prior ruling held that a principle applied to A but not to B, and the new ruling holds that it ap- plies to both A and B, the prior ruling is modified because it corrects a published position. (Compare with amplified and clarified, above). Obsoleted describes a previously pub- lished ruling that is not considered deter- minative with respect to future transac- tions. This term is most commonly used in a ruling that lists previously published rulings that are obsoleted because of changes in law or regulations. A ruling may also be obsoleted because the sub- stance has been included in regulations subsequently adopted. Revoked describes situations where the position in the previously published rul- ing is not correct and the correct position is being stated in the new ruling. Superseded describes a situation where the new ruling does nothing more than restate the substance and situation of a previously published ruling (or rulings). Thus, the term is used to republish under the 1986 Code and regulations the same position published under the 1939 Code and regulations. The term is also used when it is desired to republish in a single ruling a series of situations, names, etc., that were previously published over a pe- riod of time in separate rulings. If the new ruling does more than restate the substance of a prior ruling, a combination of terms is used. For example, modified and superseded describes a situation where the substance of a previously pub- lished ruling is being changed in part and is continued without change in part and it is desired to restate the valid portion of the previously published ruling in a new ruling that is self contained. In this case the previously published ruling is first modified and then, as modified, is super- seded. Supplemented is used in situations in which a list, such as a list of the names of countries, is published in a ruling and that list is expanded by adding further names in subsequent rulings. After the original ruling has been supplemented several times, a new ruling may be pub- lished that includes the list in the original ruling and the additions, and supersedes all prior rulings in the series. Suspended is used in rare situations to show that the previous published rulings will not be applied pending some future action such as the issuance of new or amended regulations, the outcome of cases in litigation, or the outcome of a Service study. Abbreviations The following abbreviations in current use and for- merly used will appear in material published in the Bulletin. A—Individual. Acq.—Acquiescence. B—Individual. BE—Beneficiary. BK—Bank. B.T.A.—Board of Tax Appeals. C—Individual. C.B.—Cumulative Bulletin. CFR—Code of Federal Regulations. CI—City. COOP—Cooperative. Ct.D.—Court Decision. CY—County. D—Decedent. DC—Dummy Corporation. DE—Donee. Del. Order—Delegation Order. DISC—Domestic International Sales Corporation. DR—Donor. E—Estate. EE—Employee. E.O.—Executive Order. ER—Employer. ERISA—Employee Retirement Income Security Act. EX—Executor. F—Fiduciary. FC—Foreign Country. FICA—Federal Insurance Contributions Act. FISC—Foreign International Sales Company. FPH—Foreign Personal Holding Company. F.R.—Federal Register. FUTA—Federal Unemployment Tax Act. FX—Foreign Corporation. G.C.M.—Chief Counsel’s Memorandum. GE—Grantee. GP—General Partner. GR—Grantor. IC—Insurance Company. I.R.B.—Internal Revenue Bulletin. LE—Lessee. LP—Limited Partner. LR—Lessor. M—Minor. Nonacq.—Nonacquiescence. O—Organization. P—Parent Corporation. PHC—Personal Holding Company. PO—Possession of the U.S. PR—Partner. PRS—Partnership. PTE—Prohibited Transaction Exemption. Pub. L.—Public Law. REIT—Real Estate Investment Trust. Rev. Proc.—Revenue Procedure. Rev. Rul.—Revenue Ruling. S—Subsidiary. S.P.R.—Statements of Procedural Rules. Stat.—Statutes at Large. T—Target Corporation. T.C.—Tax Court. T.D.—Treasury Decision. TFE—Transferee. TFR—Transferor. T.I.R.—Technical Information Release. TP—Taxpayer. TR—Trust. TT—Trustee. U.S.C.—United States Code. X—Corporation. Y—Corporation. Definition of Terms 2001–8 I.R.B.iiFebruary 20, 2001 Numerical Finding List 1 Bulletins 2001–1 through 2001–7 Announcements: 2001–1, 2001–2 I.R.B. 277 2001–2, 2001–2 I.R.B. 277 2001–3, 2001–2 I.R.B. 278 2001–4, 2001–2 I.R.B. 286 2001–5, 2001–2 I.R.B. 286 2001–6, 2001–3 I.R.B. 357 2001–7, 2001–3 I.R.B. 357 2001–8, 2001–3 I.R.B. 357 2001–9, 2001–3 I.R.B. 357 2001–10, 2001–4 I.R.B. 431 2001–11, 2001–4 I.R.B. 432 2001–12, 2001–6 I.R.B. 526 2001–14, 2001–7 I.R.B. 648 Notices: 2001–1, 2001–2 I.R.B. 261 2001–2, 2001–2 I.R.B. 265 2001–3, 2001–2 I.R.B. 267 2001–4, 2001–2 I.R.B. 267 2001–5, 2001–3 I.R.B. 327 2001–6, 2001–3 I.R.B. 327 2001–7, 2001–4 I.R.B. 374 2001–8, 2001–4 I.R.B. 374 2001–9, 2001–4 I.R.B. 375 2001–10, 2001–5 I.R.B. 459 2001–11, 2001–5 I.R.B. 464 2001–12, 2001–3 I.R.B. 328 2001–13, 2001–6 I.R.B. 514 2001–14, 2001–6 I.R.B. 516 2001–15, 2001–7 I.R.B. 589 Proposed Regulations: REG–251701–96, 2001–4, I.R.B. 396 REG–106542–98, 2001–5, I.R.B. 473 REG–121928–98, 2001–6, I.R.B. 520 REG–104683–00, 2001–4, I.R.B. 407 REG–106702–00, 2001–4, I.R.B. 424 REG–106791–00, 2001–6, I.R.B. 521 REG–107176–00, 2001–4, I.R.B. 428 REG–107566–00, 2001–3, I.R.B. 346 REG–114082–00, 2001–7, I.R.B. 629 REG–114083–00, 2001–7, I.R.B. 630 REG–114084–00, 2001–7, I.R.B. 633 REG–116468–00, 2001–6, I.R.B. 522 REG–119352–00, 2001–6, I.R.B. 525 Railroad Retirement Quarterly Rates: 2001–2, I.R.B. 258 Revenue Procedures: 2001–1, 2001–1 I.R.B. 1 2001–2, 2001–1 I.R.B. 79 2001–3, 2001–1 I.R.B. 111 2001–4, 2001–1 I.R.B. 121 2001–5, 2001–1 I.R.B. 164 2001–6, 2001–1 I.R.B. 194 2001–7, 2001–1 I.R.B. 236 2001–8, 2001–1 I.R.B. 239 2001–9, 2001–3 I.R.B. 328 2001–10, 2001–2 I.R.B. 272 2001–11, 2001–2 I.R.B. 275 Revenue Procedures:—continued: 2001–12, 2001–3 I.R.B. 335 2001–13, 2001–3 I.R.B. 337 2001–14, 2001–3 I.R.B. 343 2001–15, 2001–5 I.R.B. 465 2001–16, 2001–4 I.R.B. 376 2001–17, 2001–7 I.R.B. 589 Revenue Rulings: 2001–2, 2001–2 I.R.B. 255 2001–3, 2001–3 I.R.B. 319 2001–4, 2001–3 I.R.B. 295 2001–5, 2001–5 I.R.B. 451 2001–6, 2001–6 I.R.B. 491 2001–7, 2001–7 I.R.B. 541 Treasury Decisions: 8910, 2001–2 I.R.B. 258 8911, 2001–3 I.R.B. 321 8912, 2001–5 I.R.B. 452 8913, 2001–3 I.R.B. 300 8915, 2001–4 I.R.B. 359 8916, 2001–4 I.R.B. 360 8917, 2001–7 I.R.B. 538 8918, 2001–4 I.R.B. 372 8919, 2001–6 I.R.B. 505 8921, 2001–7 I.R.B. 532 8922, 2001–6 I.R.B. 508 8923, 2001–6 I.R.B. 485 8924, 2001–6 I.R.B. 489 8925, 2001–6 I.R.B. 496 8926, 2001–6 I.R.B. 492 8930, 2001–5 I.R.B. 433 8931, 2001–7 I.R.B. 542 1 A cumulative list of all revenue rulings, revenue procedures, Treasury decisions, etc., published in Internal Revenue Bulletins 2000–27 through 2000–52 is in Internal Revenue Bulletin 2001–1, dated January 2, 2001. February 20, 2001iii2001–8 I.R.B. Finding List of Current Actions on Previously Published Items 1 Bulletins 2001–1 through 2001–7 Announcement: 98–99 Modified by Ann. 2001–9, 2001–3 I.R.B. 357 99–79 Superseded by Ann. 2001–3, 2001–2 I.R.B. 278 2000–97 Corrected by Ann. 2001–7, 2001–3 I.R.B. 357 Cumulative Bulletin: 1998–2 Corrected by Ann. 2001–5, 2001–2 I.R.B. 286 Notices: 98–39 Modified by Notice 2001–9, 2001–4 I.R.B. 375 98–40 Modified by Notice 2001–9, 2001–4 I.R.B. 375 99–53 Modified and superseded by Notice 2001–7, 2001–4 I.R.B. 374 2000–21 Superseded by Notice 2001–1, 2001–2 I.R.B. 261 2000–22 Modified and superseded by Notice 2001–8, 2001–4 I.R.B. 374 2000–43 Extended by Notice 2001–13, 2001–6 I.R.B. 514 Proposed Regulations: REG–116733–98 Withdrawn by Ann. 2001–11, 2001–4 I.R.B. 432 Revenue Procedures: 83–87 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–15, 2001–5 I.R.B. 465 92–19 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–15, 2001–5 I.R.B. 465 96–17 Modified by Rev. Proc. 2001–9, 2001–3 I.R.B. 328 99–47 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–16, 2001–4 I.R.B. 376 99–49 Modified and amplified by Rev. Proc. 2001–10, 2001–2 I.R.B. 272 Revenue Procedures–continued: 2000–1 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–1, 2001–1 I.R.B. 1 2000–2 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–2, 2001–1 I.R.B. 79 2000–3 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–3, 2001–1 I.R.B. 111 2000–4 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–4, 2001–1 I.R.B. 121 2000–5 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–5, 2001–1 I.R.B. 164 2000–6 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–6, 2001–1 I.R.B. 194 2000–7 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–7, 2001–1 I.R.B. 236 2000–8 Superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–8, 2001–1 I.R.B. 239 2000–16 Modified and superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–17, 2001–7 I.R.B. 589 2000–22 Modified and superseded by Rev. Proc. 2001–10, 2001–2 I.R.B. 272 2001–13 Clarified by Notice 2001–12, 2001–3 I.R.B. 328 Revenue Rulings: 64–328 Modified by Notice 2001–10, 2001–5 I.R.B. 459 66–110 Modified by Notice 2001–10, 2001–5 I.R.B. 459 Treasury Decisions: 8889 Corrected by Ann. 2001–14, 2001–2 I.R.B. 286 1 A cumulative list of current actions on previously published items in Internal Revenue Bulletins 2000–27 through 2000–52 is in Internal Revenue Bulletin 2001–1, dated January 2, 2001. INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETIN The Introduction at the beginning of this issue describes the purpose and content of this publication. The weekly Internal Revenue Bulletin is sold on a yearly subscription basis by the Superintendent of Documents. Current subscribers are notified by the Superintendent of Documents when their subscriptions must be renewed. CUMULATIVE BULLETINS The contents of this weekly Bulletin are consolidated semiannually into a permanent, indexed, Cumulative Bulletin. These are sold on a single copy basis and are not included as part of the subscription to the Internal Revenue Bulletin. Subscribers to the week- ly Bulletin are notified when copies of the Cumulative Bulletin are available. Certain issues of Cumulative Bulletins are out of print and are not available. Persons desiring available Cumulative Bulletins, which are listed on the reverse, may purchase them from the Superintendent of Documents. ACCESS THE INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETIN ON THE INTERNET You may view the Internal Revenue Bulletin on the Internet at www .irs.gov . Select Tax Info for Business at the bottom of the page. Then select Internal Revenue Bulletins. INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETINS ON CD–ROM Internal Revenue Bulletins are available annually as part of Publication 1796 (Tax Products CD–ROM). The CD–ROM can be purchased from National Technical Information Service (NTIS) on the Internet at www.irs.gov/cdorders(discount for online orders) or by calling 1-877-233-6767. The first release is available in mid-December and the final release is available in late January. HOW TO ORDER Check the publications and/or subscription(s) desired on the reverse, complete the order blank, enclose the proper remittance, detach entire page, and mail to the Superintendent of Documents, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250–7954. Please allow two to six weeks, plus mailing time, for delivery. WE WELCOME COMMENTS ABOUT THE INTERNAL REVENUE BULLETIN If you have comments concerning the format or production of the Internal Revenue Bulletin or suggestions for improving it, we would be pleased to hear from you. You can e-mail us your suggestions or comments through the IRS Internet Home Page (www.irs.gov) or write to the IRS Bulletin Unit, W:CAR:MP:FP, Washington, DC 20224. Internal Revenue Service Washington, DC 20224 Official Business Penalty for Private Use, $300
Continue your research in ChatGPT or Claude
Connect Omnilex to search the legal corpus from your AI assistant.